Annual Statements Open main menu

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. - Annual Report: 2018 (Form 10-K)

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018

or

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-37575

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

68-0680859

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification)

641 Lexington Avenue

Suite 2701

New York, New York 10022

(Address of principal executive offices)

(646) 507-5710

(Registrant’s telephone number)

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  Common Stock, par value $0.00001.

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of the chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the act):    Yes      No  

As of June 30, 2018, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $5,767,327. based on the closing price (last sale of the day) for the registrant’s common stock on the Nasdaq exchange on June 30, 2018 of $1.35 per share.

As of March 22, 2019, 8,234,348 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value, were outstanding.

 

 

 

 


Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

PART I

 

4

ITEM 1.

Business

 

4

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

 

7

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

18

ITEM 2.

Properties

 

18

ITEM 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

18

ITEM 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

19

ITEM 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

19

ITEM 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

19

ITEM 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

20

ITEM 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

30

ITEM 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

31

ITEM 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

35

ITEM 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

35

ITEM 9B.

Other Information

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

37

ITEM 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

37

ITEM 11.

Executive Compensation

 

43

ITEM 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

47

ITEM 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

52

ITEM 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

56

ITEM 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

56

ITEM 16.

Form 10-K Summary

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

64

 

 

2


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers' capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; the termination of a major customer contract or project; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

As used in this Annual Report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360” and the “Company” mean Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. All dollar amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands except for share and per share values, unless otherwise indicated.

The disclosures set forth in this report should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended December 29, 2018.

 

 

3


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company changed its domicile to the State of Delaware. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines.

All amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands, except share and per share amounts, or unless otherwise indicated.

Business Model and Acquisitions

We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States (“U.S.”) and United Kingdom (“U.K.”) based staffing companies. Our services principally consist of providing temporary contractors, and, to a much lesser extent, the recruitment of candidates for permanent placement. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, IT, engineering, administration (collectively, the “Professional Business Stream”) and commercial (“Commercial Business Stream”) disciplines. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. To date, we have completed ten acquisitions since November 2013.

Change of Year End

On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53-week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, effective December 31, 2016. On April 12, 2017, the company filed a transition report (“Transition Report”), Form 10-K/T, for the period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, (“Transition Period”). Following that Transition Report, we will file annual reports for each twelve-month period ending the Saturday closest to December 31 of each year beginning with December 30, 2017 (“Fiscal 2017”), which was filed on March 29, 2018. This report is for the period from December 31, 2017 to December 29, 2018, “Fiscal 2018”.

Operating History

The Company generated revenue of $260,926 and $192,650 for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively. This growth has been achieved primarily through acquisitions.

Acquisitions

Clement May Acquisition

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. Refer to Note 12 for further details.

Key Resources Inc. Acquisition

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”).

The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to

4


approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020.  The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.

To finance the KRI Transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428.

Disposition

PeopleServe Disposition

On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. for a total consideration of $1,502, net of $567 that was remitted back to the buyer on July 31, 2018 in connection with a net working capital true up. The Company recorded a gain of $238 from sale of the business.  

Industry Background

The staffing industry is divided into three major segments: temporary staffing services, professional employer organizations (“PEOs”) and placement agencies. Temporary staffing services provide workers for limited periods, often to substitute for absent permanent workers or to help during periods of peak demand. These workers, who are often employees of the temporary staffing agency, will generally fill clerical, technical, or industrial positions. PEOs, sometimes referred to as employee leasing agencies, contract to provide workers to customers for specific functions, often related to human resource management. In many cases, a customer’s employees are hired by a PEO and then contracted back to the customer. Placement agencies, sometimes referred to as executive recruiters or headhunters, find workers to fill permanent positions at customer companies. These agencies may specialize in placing senior managers, mid-level managers, technical workers, or clerical and other support workers.

The Company considers itself a temporary staffing company within the broader staffing industry. However, the Company provides permanent placements at the request of existing clients and some consulting services.

Staffing companies identify potential candidates through online advertising and referrals, and interview, test and counsel workers before sending them to the customer for approval. Pre-employment screening can include skills assessment, drug tests and criminal background checks. The personnel staffing industry has been radically changed by the internet. Many employers list available positions with one or several internet personnel sites like www.monster.com or www.careerbuilder.com, and on their own sites. Personnel agencies operate their own sites and often still work as intermediaries by helping employers accurately describe job openings and by screening candidates who submit applications.

Major end-use customers include businesses from a wide range of industries such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. Marketing involves direct sales presentations, referrals from existing clients and advertising. Agencies compete both for customers and workers. Depending on market supply and demand at any given time, agencies may allocate more resources either to finding potential employers or potential workers. Permanent placement agencies work either on a retained or on a contingency basis. Clients may retain an agency for a specific job search or on contract for a specific period. Temporary staffing services charge customers a fixed price per hour or a standard markup on prevailing hourly rates.

For many staffing companies, demand is lower late in the fourth calendar quarter and early in the first calendar quarter, partly because of holidays, and higher during the rest of the year. Staffing companies may have high receivables from customers. Temporary staffing agencies and PEOs must manage a high cash flow because they funnel payroll payments from employers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because agencies must pay workers even though they haven't been paid by clients.

The revenue of staffing companies depends on the number of jobs they fill, which in turn can depend upon the economic environment. During economic slowdowns, many client companies stop hiring altogether. Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Staffing companies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of personnel agencies obsolete. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing agency.

To avoid large placement agency fees, big companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year's salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a financial incentive to avoid agencies.

5


Many staffing companies are small and may depend heavily on a few big customers for a large portion of revenue. Large customers may lead to increased revenue, but also expose agencies to higher risks. When major accounts experience financial hardships, and have less need for temporary employment services, agencies stand to lose large portions of revenue.

The loss of a staff member who handles a large volume of business may result in a large loss of revenue for a staffing company. Individual staff members, rather than the staffing company itself, usually develop strong relationships with customers. Staff members who move to another staffing company are often able to move customers with them.

Some of the best opportunities for temporary employment are in industries traditionally active in seasonal cycles, such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. However, seasonal demand for workers creates cash flow fluctuations throughout the year.

Staffing companies are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. Many federal anti-discrimination rules regulate the type of information that employment firms can request from candidates or provide to customers about candidates. In addition, the relationship between the agency and the temporary employees, or employee candidates may not always be clear, resulting in legal and regulatory uncertainty. PEOs are often considered co-employers along with the client, but the PEO is responsible for employee wages, taxes and benefits. State regulation aims to ensure that PEOs provide the benefits they promise to workers.

Trends in the Staffing Business

Start-up costs for a staffing company are very low. Individual offices can be profitable, but consolidation is driven mainly by the opportunity for large agencies to develop national relationships with big customers. Some agencies expand by starting new offices in promising markets, but most prefer to buy existing independent offices with proven staff and an existing customer roster.

At some companies, temporary workers have become such a large part of the workforce that staffing company employees sometimes work at the customer's site to recruit, train, and manage temporary employees. The Company has a number of onsite relationships with its customers. Staffing companies try to match the best qualified employees for the customer's needs, but often provide additional training specific to that company, such as instruction in the use of proprietary software.

Some personnel consulting firms and human resource departments are increasingly using psychological tests to evaluate potential job candidates. Psychological or liability testing has gained popularity, in part, due to recent fraud scandals. In addition to stiffer background checks, headhunters often check the credit history of prospective employees.

We believe the trends of outsourcing entire departments and dependence on temporary and leased workers will expand opportunities for staffing companies. Taking advantage of their expertise in assessing worker capabilities, some staffing companies manage their clients’ entire human resource functions. Human resources outsourcing (“HRO”) may include management of payroll, tax filings, and benefit administration services. HRO may also include recruitment process outsourcing (“RPO”), whereby an agency manages all recruitment activities for a client.

New online technology is improving staffing efficiency. For example, some online applications coordinate workflow for staffing agencies, their clients and temporary workers, and allow agencies and customers to share work order requests, submit and track candidates, approve timesheets and expenses, and run reports. Interaction between candidates and potential employers is increasingly being handled online.

Initially viewed as rivals, some Internet job-search companies and traditional employment agencies are now collaborating. While some Internet sites do not allow agencies to use their services to post jobs or look through resumes, others find that agencies are their biggest customers, earning the sites a large percentage of their revenue. Some staffing companies contract to help client employers find workers online.

Competition

The Company’s staffing divisions face competition in attracting clients as well as temporary candidates. The staffing industry is highly competitive, with a number of firms offering services similar to those provided by the Company on a national, regional or local basis. In many areas, the local staffing companies are our strongest competitors. The most significant competitive factors in the staffing business are price and reliability of service. The Company believes its competitive advantage stems from its experience in niche markets, and commitment to the specialized employment market, along with its growing global presence.

The staffing industry is characterized by a large number of competing companies in a fragmented sector. Major competitors also exist across the sector, but as the industry affords low barriers to entry, new entrants are constantly introduced to the marketplace.

6


The top layer of competitors includes large corporate staffing and employment companies which have yearly revenue of $75 million or more. The next (middle) layer of the competition consists of medium-sized entities with yearly revenue of $10 million or more. The largest portion of the marketplace is the bottom layer of this competitive landscape consisting of small, individual-sized or family-run operations. As barriers to entry are low, sole proprietors, partnerships and small entities routinely enter the industry.

Employees

The Company employs approximately 270 full-time employees as part of our internal operations. Additionally, the Company employs more than 5,000 individuals that are placed directly with our clients through our various operating subsidiaries.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

There are numerous and varied risks that may prevent us from achieving our goals, including those described below. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information included in this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations, could be harmed by any of the following risks. If any of the events or circumstances described below were to occur, our business, the financial condition and the results of operations could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors could lose part or all of their investment. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may continue to incur losses and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We may incur operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the staffing industry, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all.  Expected future operating losses will have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ equity and working capital.

Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the value of our stock and impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, diversify our portfolio of staffing companies, or continue our operations. A decline in our value could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our debt level could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

As of December 29, 2018, our total gross debt payables amount to approximately $37,393. Our level of debt could have significant consequences to our stockholders, including the following:

 

requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to make payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general business activities;

 

 

requiring a substantial portion of our corporate cash reserves to be held as a reserve for debt service, limiting our ability to invest in new growth opportunities;

 

 

limiting the ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other activities;

 

 

limiting the flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business and industry in which we operate;

 

 

increasing our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions;

 

 

putting us at a competitive disadvantage versus less leveraged competitors; and

 

 

increasing vulnerability to changes in the prevailing interest rates.

Our ability to make payments of principal and interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors. Our business is generating positive cash flow however it may not generate cash flow in the future sufficient to service our debt because of factors beyond our control, including but not limited to our ability to expand our operations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt

7


obligations. A default on our debt obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your investment.  

Our debt instruments and the certificate of designation for our Series E Preferred Stock contain covenants that could limit our financing options and liquidity position, which would limit our ability to grow our business.

Covenants in our debt instruments and the certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions prohibit or limit our ability to, among other things:

 

pay cash dividends to our stockholders subject to certain limited exceptions;

 

redeem or repurchase our common stock or other equity;

 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

permit liens on assets;

 

make certain investments (including through the acquisition of stock, shares, partnership or limited liability company interests, any loan, advance or capital contribution);

 

sell, lease, license, lend or otherwise convey an interest in a material portion of our assets;

 

cease making public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock or other capital stock subject to certain limited exceptions

Our failure to comply with the restrictions in our debt instruments and/or our certificate of designations for the Series E Preferred Stock could result in events of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date or require us to redeem our Series E Preferred Stock. The holders of our debt and Series E Preferred Stock may require fees and expenses to be paid or other changes to terms in connection with waivers or amendments. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and rates.

In addition, these restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional financing, withstand downturns in our business or take advantage of business opportunities.  In further addition, certain provisions of the certificate of designations of our Series E Preferred Stock require us to use proceeds from any sales of our common stock to redeem shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, which could  limit our ability to grow our business, acquire needed assets, or take other actions we might otherwise consider appropriate or desirable.

The Jackson Note is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and the terms of the Jackson Note may restrict the Company’s current and future operations. Additionally, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us as our senior secured and the beneficial owner of a substantial percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock.

The Jackson Note (as defined herein) contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. The Jackson Note includes covenants limiting or restricting, among other things, our ability to:

 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

 

pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase shares of the Company’s capital stock or redeem or repurchase any of the Company’s subordinated debt;

 

make certain investments; 

 

sell assets; 

 

enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to the Company; 

 

incur or allow the existence of liens;

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; 

 

engage in transactions with affiliates. 

In addition, the Jackson Note contains financial covenants including, among other things, a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity requirements and total leverage ratio.  A breach of any of these financial covenants could result in a default under the Jackson Note. If any such default occurs, Jackson may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable.  In addition, following an event of default under the Jackson Note, Jackson will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to it to secure the debt, which includes our available cash. If the debt under the Jackson Note was to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full our debt.

8


In addition to being our senior secured lender, Jackson owns in excess of 17.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, not including shares issuable upon conversion of certain warrants and Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Jackson beneficially owns 59.1% including such warrants and Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Accordingly, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over the Company.

We have significant working capital needs and if we are unable to satisfy those needs from cash generated from our operations or borrowings under our debt instruments, we may not be able to continue our operations.

We require significant amounts of working capital to operate our business. We often have high receivables from our customers, and as a staffing company, we are prone to cash flow imbalances because we funnel payroll payments from employers to temporary workers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because we must pay temporary workers even when we have not been paid by our customers. If we experience a significant and sustained drop in operating profits, or if there are unanticipated reductions in cash inflows or increases in cash outlays, we may be subject to cash shortfalls. If such a shortfall were to occur for even a brief period of time, it may have a significant adverse effect on our business. In particular, we use working capital to pay expenses relating to our temporary workers and to satisfy our workers’ compensation liabilities. As a result, we must maintain sufficient cash availability to pay temporary workers and fund related tax liabilities prior to receiving payment from customers.

In addition, our operating results tend to be unpredictable from quarter to quarter.  Demand for our services is typically lower during traditional national vacation periods in the United States and United Kingdom when customers and candidates are on vacation.  No single quarter is predictive of results of future periods. Any extended period of time with low operating results or cash flow imbalances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.    

We derive working capital for our operations through cash generated by our operating activities and borrowings under our debt instruments. We believe that our current sources of capital are adequate to meet our working capital needs. However, our available sources of capital are limited. If our working capital needs increase in the future, we may be forced to seek additional sources of capital, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The amount we are entitled to borrow under our debt instruments is calculated monthly based on the aggregate value of certain eligible trade accounts receivable generated from our operations, which are affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, as well as by the daily timing of cash collections and cash outflows. The aggregate value of our eligible accounts receivable may not be adequate to allow for borrowings for other corporate purposes, such as capital expenditures or growth opportunities, which could reduce our ability to react to changes in the market or industry conditions.

We will need to raise additional capital to meet our business requirements in the future, which is likely to be challenging, could be highly dilutive and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

As of December 29, 2018, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $14,894, an accumulated deficit of $71,643 and a net loss of $6,501 in Fiscal 2018.  As a result of our recent financings, we believe that we will be able to fund our operations, implement our business plan and pursue the acquisition of broad spectrum staffing companies through the next twelve months. However, we will need to raise additional capital to pursue growth opportunities, improve our infrastructure, finance our operations and otherwise make investments in assets and personnel that will allow us to remain competitive. Additional capital would be used to accomplish the following:

 

financing our current operating expenses;

 

pursuing growth opportunities;

 

making capital improvements to improve our infrastructure;

 

hiring and retaining qualified management and key employees;

 

responding to competitive pressures;

 

complying with regulatory requirements; and

 

maintaining compliance with applicable laws.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of those securities could result in substantial dilution for our current stockholders. The terms of any securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect on the holders of any of our securities then-outstanding. We may issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock in connection with hiring or retaining personnel, option or warrant exercises, future acquisitions or future placements of our securities for

9


capital-raising or other business purposes. The issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline further and existing stockholders may not agree with our financing plans or the terms of such financings.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, securities law compliance fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which may adversely impact our financial condition.

Furthermore, any additional debt or equity financing that we may need may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain such additional financing on a timely basis, we may have to curtail our development activities and growth plans and/or be forced to sell assets, perhaps on unfavorable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and ultimately could be forced to discontinue our operations and liquidate, in which event it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any distribution on their shares. Further, we may not be able to continue operating if we do not generate sufficient revenues from operations needed to stay in business.

A more active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and the price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

Historically, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated over a wide range. Between our stock splits occurring on September 17, 2015, and January 3, 2018, our common stock traded in a range from $0.54 to $7.74 per share. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a stockholder's ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If a more active, liquid public trading market does not develop we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or "float" for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile and it would be harder for a stockholder to liquidate any investment in our common stock. Furthermore, the stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate widely in response to several factors, including:

 

our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

changes in our earnings estimates;

 

investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors;

 

our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts' projections;

 

changes in industry, general market or economic conditions; and

 

announcements of legislative or regulatory changes.

The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in the staffing industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.

10


There can be no assurance that that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of NASDAQ.

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. If the NASDAQ Capital Market delists our common stock from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

 

a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

 

 

a limited amount of analyst coverage; and

 

 

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

An investment in our common stock should be considered illiquid and high risk.

An investment in our common stock requires a long-term commitment, with no certainty of return. Because we did not become a public reporting company by the traditional means of conducting an underwritten initial public offering of our common stock, we may be unable to establish a liquid market for our common stock. In addition, investment banks may be less likely to agree to underwrite primary or secondary offerings on our behalf or our stockholders in the future than they would if we had become a public reporting company by means of an underwritten initial public offering of common stock. If all or any of the foregoing risks occur, it would have a material adverse effect on us.

The United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, sales practice requirements may also limit your ability to buy and sell our common stock, which could depress the price of our shares.  FINRA rules require broker-dealers to have reasonable grounds for believing that an investment is suitable for a customer before recommending that investment to the customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status and investment objectives, among other things. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability such speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. Thus, FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our shares, have an adverse effect on the market for our shares, and thereby depress our share price.

Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer.

We plan to continue growing our business organically through expansion, sales efforts, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management systems, infrastructure and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition which could impact our business and results of operations.

We may be unable to develop, implement and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and current and potential stockholders may lose confidence in our financial reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Securities and Exchange Commission rules require that our management report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures. Among other things, our management must conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As disclosed in our prior periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to the accounting for complex debt and equity instruments. While we believe that we have remediated this material weakness, we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses will not be identified in the future.

11


Any failure to implement or maintain required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, or could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. These misstatements could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, reduce our ability to obtain financing or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

The ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as growth of the company or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness, by definition, could have a material adverse impact on our financial statements. Such an occurrence could discourage certain customers or suppliers from doing business with us, cause downgrades in our future debt ratings leading to higher borrowing costs and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public debt or equity markets for capital.

Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways.

Our growth strategy involves acquisitions that help us expand our service offerings and diversify our geographic footprint. We continuously evaluate acquisition opportunities, but there are no assurances that we will be able to identify acquisition targets that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.

Even if we are successful in acquiring, our acquisitions may subject our business to risks that may impact our results of operation:

 

inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions;

 

 

diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of delivering results for the legacy business;

 

 

inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of the Company’s operations;

 

 

inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of the Company’s operations;

 

 

impact of liabilities of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;

 

 

failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single supplier or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;

 

 

impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives; and

 

 

internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective.

12


We face risks associated with litigation and claims.

We are a party to certain legal proceedings as further described in this Form 10-K.  In addition, from time to time, we may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, we can give no assurance that we will prevail on any claims made against us in any such lawsuit. Also, we can give no assurance that any other lawsuits or claims brought in the future will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or operating results. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

The potential U.K. exit from the European Union as a result of the U.K. triggering Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On March 29, 2017, the U.K. triggered Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union (“EU”) by notifying the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). The U.K’s exit from EU is scheduled to occur on March 29, 2019 (“Separation Date”). As a result of a vote in the U.K. Parliament on January 29, 2019, the UK is seeking to negotiate one of the terms of the withdrawal agreed to in draft form with the EU on November 14, 2018. If a withdrawal agreement is not executed between the UK and the EU by the Separation Date, it is possible that the Separation Date may be extended or the U.K. may withdraw from the EU without an agreement in place. Because this is an unprecedented event, it is unclear what long-term economic, financial, trade and legal implications the withdrawal of the U.K. from the EU will have and how such withdrawal could affect our business. The actual exit of the U.K. from the EU could cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business and generally have a negative effect on the U.K. economy. In addition, the initial Brexit vote in 2016 caused significant volatility in currency exchange rates and continued uncertainty regarding Brexit may result in future exchange rate volatility. Any of these effects of Brexit, could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

A significant portion of our expenditures are expected to be derived or spent in British pounds. However, we report our financial condition and results of operations in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the British pound will impact the amount of our revenues and net income. For example, if the British pound appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, the fluctuation will result in a positive impact on the revenues that we report. However, if the British pound depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, which was the case during 2016, there will be a negative impact on the revenues we report due to such fluctuation. It is possible that the impact of currency fluctuations will result in a decrease in reported consolidated sales even though we may have experienced an increase in sales transacted in the British pound. Conversely, the impact of currency fluctuations may result in an increase in reported consolidated sales despite declining sales transacted in the British pound. The exchange rate from the U.S. dollar to the British pound has fluctuated substantially in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Though we may choose to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes in the future, there is no guarantee such hedging, if undertaken, will be successful.

We depend on attracting, integrating, managing, and retaining qualified personnel.

Our success is substantially dependent upon our ability to attract, integrate, manage and retain personnel who possess the skills and experience necessary to fulfill our customers’ needs. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel could be impaired by any diminution of our reputation, decrease in compensation levels relative to our competitors or modifications to our total compensation philosophy or competitor hiring programs. If we cannot attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. Our future success also depends upon our ability to manage the performance of our personnel. Failure to successfully manage the performance of our personnel could affect our profitability by causing operating inefficiencies that could increase operating expenses and reduce operating income.

We depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified temporary workers.

In addition to the members of our own team, our success is substantially dependent on our ability to recruit and retain qualified temporary workers who possess the skills and experience necessary to meet the staffing requirements of our customers. We are required to continually evaluate our base of available qualified personnel to keep pace with changing customer needs. Competition for individuals with proven professional skills is intense, and demand for these individuals is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that qualified personnel will continue to be available.

Our revenue can vary because our customers can terminate their relationship with us at any time with limited or no penalty.

We focus on providing mid-level professional and light industrial personnel on a temporary assignment-by-assignment basis, which customers can generally terminate at any time or reduce their level of use when compared to prior periods. To avoid large placement

13


agency fees, large companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a large financial incentive to avoid agencies.

Our business is also significantly affected by our customers’ hiring needs and their views of their future prospects. Our customers may, on very short notice, terminate, reduce or postpone their recruiting assignments with us and, therefore, affect demand for our services. As a result, a significant number of our customers can terminate their agreements with us at any time, making us particularly vulnerable to a significant decrease in revenue within a short period of time that could be difficult to quickly replace. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to utilize a significant amount of our staffing services and may be cancelled on limited notice, so our revenue is not guaranteed.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts that are terminable for convenience. Under our multi-year agreements, we contract to provide customers with staffing services through work or service orders at the customers’ request. Under these agreements, our customers often have little or no obligation to request our staffing services. In addition, most of our contracts are cancellable on limited notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. We may hire employees permanently to meet anticipated demand for services under these agreements that may ultimately be delayed or cancelled. We could face a significant decline in revenues and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

 

we see a significant decline in the staffing services requested from us under our service agreements;

 

our customers cancel or defer a significant number of staffing requests; or our existing customer agreements expire or lapse and we cannot replace them with similar agreements

If we are unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, our results of operations could suffer.

Increasing the growth and profitability of our business is particularly dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers and capture additional customers. Our ability to do so is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality services and offer competitive prices. If we are unable to execute these tasks effectively, we may not be able to attract a significant number of new customers and our existing customer base could decrease, either or both of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

We operate in an intensely competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and there is a substantial risk that our services could become obsolete or uncompetitive.

The markets for our services are highly competitive. Our markets are characterized by pressures to provide high levels of service, incorporate new capabilities and technologies, accelerate job completion schedules and reduce prices. Furthermore, we face competition from a number of sources, including other executive search firms and professional search, staffing and consulting firms. Several of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do.  New and existing competitors are aided by technology, and the market has low barriers to entry.  Furthermore, Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Personnel agencies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of staffing companies obsolete. Specifically, the increased use of the internet may attract technology-oriented companies to the professional staffing industry. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing company.

Our future success will depend largely upon our ability to anticipate and keep pace with those developments and advances. Current or future competitors could develop alternative capabilities and technologies that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than our services. In addition, we believe that, with continuing development and increased availability of information technology, the industries in which we compete may attract new competitors. If our capabilities and technologies become obsolete or uncompetitive, our related sales and revenue would decrease. Due to competition, we may experience reduced margins on our services, loss of market share, and loss of customers. If we are not able to compete effectively with current or future competitors as a result of these and other factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our operations may be affected by global economic fluctuations.

Customers’ demand for our services may fluctuate widely with changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. Those conditions include slower employment growth or reductions in employment, which directly impact our service offerings. As a staffing company, our revenue depends on the number of jobs we fill, which in turn depends on economic growth. During economic slowdowns, many customer companies stop hiring altogether. For example, in prior economic downturns, many employers in our

14


operating regions reduced their overall workforce to reflect the slowing demand for their products and services. We may face lower demand and increased pricing pressures during these periods, which this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures.

We are engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies, and our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes.  To date, we have completed eight acquisitions.  We intend to expand our business through acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or products, subject to our business plans and management's ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing service categories. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:

 

difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure;

 

potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations;

 

difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position;

 

difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided;

 

potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses;

 

overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements;

 

increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets;

 

challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business;

 

failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and

 

loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases.

Our business plan for continued growth through acquisitions is subject to certain inherent risks, including accessing capital resources, potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods. Therefore, we provide no assurance that we will be successful in carrying out our business plan. We continue to pursue additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan. We have no assurance that future financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

In addition, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, it may reduce our capacity to borrow additional amounts and require us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new business initiatives and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry.  The use of our common stock or other securities (including those convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock) to finance any such acquisition may also result in dilution of our existing shareholders.

The potential risks associated with future acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent upon technology services, and if we experience damage, service interruptions or failures in our computer and telecommunications systems, our customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.

Our business could be interrupted by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, and we may lose data. Our customers’ businesses may be adversely affected by any system or equipment failure we experience. As a result of any of the foregoing, our relationships with our customers may be impaired, we may lose customers, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to contractual liability. Precautions in place to protect us from, or minimize the effect of, such events may not be adequate. If an interruption by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems occurs, we could be liable and the market perception of our services could be harmed.

15


We could be harmed by improper disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential company, employee, associate or customer data, including personal data.

In connection with the operation of our business, we store, process and transmit a large amount of data, including personnel and payment information, about our employees, customers, associates and candidates, a portion of which is confidential and/or personally sensitive. In doing so, we rely on our own technology and systems, and those of third party vendors we use for a variety of processes. We and our third party vendors have established policies and procedures to help protect the security and privacy of this information. Unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential data may occur through a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers, hackers, members of organized crime and/or state-sponsored organizations, who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs.

Such disclosure, loss or breach could harm our reputation and subject us to government sanctions and liability under our contracts and laws that protect sensitive or personal data and confidential information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. It is possible that security controls over sensitive or confidential data and other practices we and our third party vendors follow may not prevent the improper access to, disclosure of, or loss of such information. The potential risk of security breaches and cyberattacks may increase as we introduce new services and offerings, such as mobile technology. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions in which we provide services. Any failure or perceived failure to successfully manage the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy related matters, or any failure to comply with changing regulatory requirements in this area, could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace.

We may be exposed to employment-related claims and losses, including class action lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to customer information systems and confidential information. The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:

 

discrimination and harassment;

 

wrongful termination or denial of employment;

 

violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;

 

classification of temporary workers;

 

assignment of illegal aliens;

 

violations of wage and hour requirements;

 

retroactive entitlement to temporary worker benefits;

 

errors and omissions by our temporary workers;

 

misuse of customer proprietary information;

 

misappropriation of funds;

 

damage to customer facilities due to negligence of temporary workers; and

 

criminal activity.

We may incur fines and other losses or negative publicity with respect to these problems. In addition, these claims may give rise to litigation, which could be time-consuming and expensive. New employment and labor laws and regulations may be proposed or adopted that may increase the potential exposure of employers to employment-related claims and litigation. There can be no assurance that the corporate policies we have in place to help reduce our exposure to these risks will be effective or that we will not experience losses as a result of these risks. There can also be no assurance that the insurance policies we have purchased to insure against certain risks will be adequate or that insurance coverage will remain available on reasonable terms or be sufficient in amount or scope of coverage.

16


Our compliance with complicated regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure has resulted in additional expenses. Moreover, our ability to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations is uncertain given our management’s relative inexperience with operating public companies.

We are faced with expensive, complicated and evolving disclosure, governance and compliance laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure.  In addition, as a staffing company, we are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing compliance work.

Our failure to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

The requirements of being a public company place significant demands on our resources.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Capital Market, have imposed various requirements on public companies. New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and changes in required accounting practices and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the by NASDAQ Capital Market, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.

Shareholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

We may reduce or suspend our dividend in the future.

We initiated a dividend program under which we intend to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share to holders of our common stock. The first $0.01 per share dividend was paid on February 28, 2019 to shareholders of record as of February 15, 2019.  In the future, our Board of Directors may, without advance notice, determine to reduce or suspend our dividend in order to maintain our financial flexibility and best position our Company for long‑term success. The declaration and amount of future dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, prospects, industry conditions, capital requirements and other factors and restrictions our Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, we are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing agreements and the certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock.  In particular, our debt agreements and certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock only permit us to pay quarterly cash dividend of one cent per share of common stock issued and outstanding, provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100 in the aggregate per fiscal quarter.  We may not pay such dividends if any events of default exist under our debt agreements or the certificates of designations for our  Series E  Preferred Stock.  In addition, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, as they are at this time, we are not able to declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend we have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  

Accordingly, we cannot be certain if we will be able to continue payment of the quarterly cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must mainly rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the primary way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

Upon our dissolution, you may not recoup all or any portion of your investment.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the proceeds and/or assets of our company remaining after giving effect to such transaction, and the payment of all of our debts and liabilities will be distributed to the stockholders of common stock on a pro rata basis. There can be no assurance that we will have available assets to pay to the

17


holders of common stock, or any amounts, upon such a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company. In this event, you could lose some or all of your investment.

Comprehensive tax reform bills could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The U.S. government has enacted comprehensive tax legislation that includes significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, (i) a permanent reduction to the corporate income tax rate, (ii) a partial limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense, (iii) a shift of the U.S. taxation of multinational corporations from a tax on worldwide income to a territorial system (along with certain rules designed to prevent erosion of the U.S. income tax base) and (iv) a one-time tax on accumulated offshore earnings held in cash and illiquid assets, with the latter taxed at a lower rate. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of this tax reform is uncertain, and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

The Company leases 4,157 square feet of space at 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, NY 10022, its headquarters and principal location. The Company’s lease for this space will expire in 2022.  The Company currently has a total of 18 facilities throughout the U.S. and the U.K.  This includes U.K. offices in London and Redhill, England, as well as offices in the following states in the U.S.: New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina.  

All offices are operated from leased space ranging from approximately 500 to 10,100 square feet, typically through operating leases with terms that range from six months to five years, and thus with expirations from 2018 through 2027.  We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current requirements and that the Company’s leasing strategies provide us with sufficient flexibility to accommodate our business needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

From time to time, we may become involved in lawsuits, investigations and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this filing, we are not party to any material litigation against the Company nor are we aware of any such threatened or pending legal proceedings that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

There are no material proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates or any registered or beneficial shareholder of more than 5% of our common stock is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

 

 

18


PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information

Shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “STAF”.

Holders of Common Stock

As of March 22, 2019, there were approximately 2,500 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Other than those sales of unregistered securities that have been disclosed by the Company in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and as described in “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the heading “Financings,” the following are the only sales of unregistered securities: during the period December 31, 2017 through December 29, 2018 - we issued 20,548 shares of common stock, with an aggregate value of $57 to Greenridge Global, LLC, SP Padda and J Charles Assets in return for investor relations advisory services and construction of leasehold improvements.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

 

 

19


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. This section includes a number of forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “can,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “project,” “predict,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential,” “would,” “seek,” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers' capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; and government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

 

Overview

We are incorporated in the State of Delaware. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring suitable, mature, profitable, operating, U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the Professional Business Stream and Commercial Business Stream disciplines.

Business Model, Operating History and Acquisitions

We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily the Professional and Commercial Business Streams. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. Since November 2013, the company has completed ten acquisitions.

All share numbers in this section have been adjusted for the one-for-five reverse stock split effective at 5:00 p.m. New York time on January 3, 2018.

On September 15, 2017, Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC (“Staffing Georgia”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Firstpro Inc. (“FPI”), Firstpro Georgia, LLC (“FPL”), and certain individuals, pursuant to which the FPI and FPL sold substantially all of their assets to Staffing Georgia (“Firstpro Acquisition”). The purchase price in connection with the Staffing Georgia, was $8,000, of which, (a) $4,500 was paid at closing, (b) $825 is payable in quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and (c) $2,675 is payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. Subsequent to December 29, 2018, the Company paid $1,200 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability.

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an agreement (“Share Purchase Agreement”) with the holders of share

20


capital of CBS Butler Holdings Limited (“CBS Butler”) and an agreement (“Option Purchase Agreement”) with the holders of outstanding options of CBS Butler, pursuant to which the holders of the share capital of CBS Butler and holders of outstanding options of CBS Butler sold all of their shares and options of CBS Butler to Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (the “CBS Butler Acquisition”), in exchange for (i) an aggregate cash payment of £13,810, (ii) an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £4,214 (payable in December 2018 based upon CBS Butler’s operating performance during the period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018), and (iv) deferred consideration of £150 less the aggregate amount of each CBS Butler Shareholder’s portion of the net asset shortfall amount, if any, as determined pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Option Purchase Agreement. In September 2018, the Company paid the deferred consideration of £150 ($195). In December 2018, we adjusted the earnout payment to £4,100 due to a decline in CBS Butlers operating performance period from September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018, and this amount remains payable as of December 29, 2018.

 

To finance the above transactions, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on September 15, 2017. The Company, as borrower, and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, entered into an amended and restated note purchase agreement with Jackson, as lender (the “A&R Note Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which Jackson made a senior debt investment of $40,000 in the Company in exchange for a senior secured note in the principal amount of $40,000 (the “Jackson Note”). The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to (i) repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165, (ii) to fund the upfront cash portion of the purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition, (iii) to repay almost all other outstanding indebtedness of the Company and (iv) general working capital purposes. The maturity date of the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020.  The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder. The Company may prepay the amounts due on the Jackson Note in whole or in part from time to time, without penalty or premium, subject to the conditions set forth in the A&R Note Purchase Agreement, and such prepayments, depending on the timing of the prepayments, may result in a discount on the principal amount to be prepaid as set forth in the A&R Note Purchase Agreement.  The Company paid a closing fee of $1,000 in connection with its entry into the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and agreed to issue 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.  

PeopleServe Disposition

On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. for a total consideration of $1,502, net of $567 that was remitted back to the buyer on July 31, 2018 in connection with a net working capital true up. The Company recorded a gain of $238 from sale of business.  

Clement May Acquisition

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) the assignment of certain outstanding debt owed to the CML Majority Holder to the Principal as set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement, (iv) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (v) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc.

Key Resources Inc. Acquisition

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”). The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020.  The payment of the Earnout Consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.

To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company.

 

   

21


For Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

Growth

 

Revenue

 

$

260,926

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

192,650

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

35.4

%

Direct cost of revenue

 

 

212,622

 

 

 

81.5

%

 

 

155,909

 

 

 

80.9

%

 

 

36.4

%

Gross profit

 

 

48,304

 

 

 

18.5

%

 

 

36,741

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

31.5

%

Operating expenses

 

 

46,646

 

 

 

17.9

%

 

 

41,955

 

 

 

21.8

%

 

 

11.2

%

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

1,658

 

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

(5,214

)

 

 

(2.7

)%

 

 

131.8

%

Other expenses

 

 

(8,137

)

 

 

(3.1

)%

 

 

(12,345

)

 

 

(6.4

)%

 

 

(34.1

)%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

(932

)

 

 

(0.5

)%

 

 

(97.6

)%

Net loss

 

$

(6,501

)

 

 

(2.5

)%

 

$

(18,491

)

 

 

(9.6

)%

 

 

(64.8

)%

 

Revenue

Fiscal 2018 revenue increased by 35.4% to $260,926, as compared with $192,650 for Fiscal 2017. Of that growth, $85,314 was from the acquisitions of CBS Butler, Firstpro, Clement May, and KRI and $308 was from favorable foreign currency translation.  This was partially offset by a decline of $10,658 due to divestiture of PeopleServe and an organic decline of $6,688 in the remaining business.  Organic temporary contractor revenue declined $5,981, partially due to conversions of temporary staff to permanent employees, reflecting low unemployment, greater number of weather-related work stoppage days in 2018, and organic permanent placement decline of $707.

Revenue in Fiscal 2018 was comprised of $250,416 of temporary contractor revenue and $10,510 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $187,249 and $5,401 for Fiscal 2017, respectively.

Direct cost of revenue, Gross profit and gross margin

Direct cost of services includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For Fiscal 2018, direct cost of revenue was $212,622, an increase of 36.4% from $155,909 in Fiscal 2017, compared with revenue growth of 35.4%.

Gross profit for Fiscal 2018 was $48,304, an increase of 31.5% over $36,741 for Fiscal 2017, representing gross margin of 18.5% and 19.1% for each period, respectively. Gross profit growth was attributable to acquisitions.  This was partly offset by lower savings from workers’ compensation insurance versus the savings realized in Fiscal 2017, organic decline on lower permanent placement and contract revenue, and the divestiture of the lower margin PeopleServe business.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses for Fiscal 2018 was $46,646, an increase of 11.2% over $41,955 for Fiscal 2017.  The increase can be attributed to the acquisitions of CBS Butler, Firstpro, Clement May, and KRI, which accounts for $11,667 of the increase.  Excluding this, operating expenses declined by 18.6%.  Peopleserve contributed 13.9% driven by an impairment in Fiscal 2017 and divestiture in June 2018.  The remaining decrease was stemming from a one-time restructuring charge related to reorganizing the Company and the departure of the former Chief Executive Officer in 2017, lower amortization of intangibles, and non-cash charges.  

Other Expenses

Other expenses for Fiscal 2018 was $8,137, a decrease of 34.1% from $12,345 in Fiscal 2017. For Fiscal 2018 compared with Fiscal 2017, other expenses primarily reflects higher interest of $4,641 driven mainly by the higher debt and cost of capital resulting from the refinancing in September 2017; lower amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs by $2,165 also attributable to the refinancing;   a loss on extinguishment of debt in 2017 of $6,132 attributable to the refinancing of convertible notes in January 2017, with no corresponding loss in 2018; a higher gain of $496 from fair valuing warrants; a gain of $238 from the sale of PeopleServe; a loss of $686 from remeasuring the Company’s intercompany note; higher other income of $504 primarily from investment income on the Company’s workers’ compensation collateral, and a true up adjustment to the CBS Butler earnout of $146. 

Non-GAAP Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we also use non-GAAP financial measures and Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) in addition to our GAAP results. We believe non-GAAP financial measures and KPIs may provide useful information for evaluating our cash operating performance, ability to service debt, compliance with debt covenants and measurement against competitors. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies.

22


We present the following non-GAAP financial measure and KPIs in this report:

Revenue and Gross Profit by Business Streams We use this KPI to measure the Company’s mix of Revenue and respective profitability between its two main lines of business due to their differing margins. For clarity, these lines of business are not the Company’s operating segments, as this information is not currently regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to allocate capital and resources. Rather, we use this KPI to benchmark the Company against the industry.

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Business Streams:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Mix

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Mix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

107,318

 

 

41%

 

 

$

96,399

 

 

50%

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

49,752

 

 

19%

 

 

 

51,104

 

 

27%

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

103,856

 

 

40%

 

 

 

45,147

 

 

23%

 

Total Service Revenue

 

$

260,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

192,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

17,496

 

 

36%

 

 

$

16,913

 

 

46%

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

15,610

 

 

33%

 

 

 

10,619

 

 

29%

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

15,198

 

 

31%

 

 

 

9,209

 

 

25%

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

48,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

36,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

 

16.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

 

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

31.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.8

%

 

 

 

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.4

%

 

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

 

 

18.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 


23


Adjusted EBITDA This measure is defined as net loss attributable to common stock before: interest expense, benefit from (provision for) income taxes; income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax; other (income) expense, net, in operating income (loss); amortization and impairment of intangible assets; impairment of goodwill; depreciation; operational restructuring and other charges; other income (expense), net, below operating income (loss); non-cash expenses associated with stock compensation; and charges the Company considers to be non-recurring in nature such as legal expenses associated with litigation, professional fees associated potential and completed acquisitions. We use this measure because we believe it provides a more meaningful understanding of the profit and cash flow generation of the Company.

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Net loss

 

$

(6,501

)

 

$

(18,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

8,386

 

 

 

3,745

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

22

 

 

 

932

 

Depreciation and amortization (1)

 

 

3,704

 

 

 

6,311

 

EBITDA

 

$

5,611

 

 

$

(7,503

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses (2)

 

 

3,124

 

 

 

2,139

 

Other non-cash charges (3)

 

 

1,158

 

 

 

1,330

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

6,132

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

(57

)

 

 

780

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

4,790

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

(879

)

 

 

(383

)

Gain from sale of business

 

 

(238

)

 

 

 

Re-measurement loss on intercompany note

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

Other (income) / expense

 

 

(398

)

 

 

106

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

9,007

 

 

$

7,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trailing Twelve Months ("TTM") Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

9,007

 

 

$

7,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA (4)

 

$

11,384

 

 

 

10,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

$

48,304

 

 

$

36,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TTM Adjusted EBITDA as percentage of gross profit

 

 

18.6

%

 

 

20.1

%

 

 

(1)

Includes amortization included in other expenses.

 

(2)

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business.

 

(3)

Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services.

 

(4)

Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA includes the Adjusted EBITDA of acquisitions for the period prior to the acquisition date.

(5)  Adjusted operating expenses are defined as the operating expenses of the Company derived from the difference between Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

Operating Leverage This measure is calculated by dividing the growth in Adjusted EBITDA by the growth in Gross Profit, on a trailing 12-month basis. We use this KPI because we believe it provides a measure of the Company’s efficiency for converting incremental gross profit into Adjusted EBITDA.

.

24


 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit - TTM (Current Period)

 

$

48,304

 

 

$

36,741

 

Gross Profit - TTM (Prior Period)

 

 

36,741

 

 

 

31,562

 

Gross Profit - Growth

 

$

11,563

 

 

$

5,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Current Period)

 

$

9,007

 

 

$

7,391

 

Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Prior Period)

 

 

7,391

 

 

 

5,074

 

Adjusted EBITDA - Growth

 

$

1,616

 

 

$

2,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leverage

 

 

14.0

%

 

 

44.7

%

 

 

Leverage Ratio Calculated as Total Long-Term Debt, Net, gross of any Original Issue Discount, divided by Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing 12-months. We use this KPI as an indicator of the Company’s ability to service its debt prospectively.

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt, Net

 

$

35,565

 

 

$

38,749

 

Addback: Total Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

1,251

 

Total Long-Term Debt

 

$

36,736

 

 

$

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TTM Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

9,007

 

 

$

7,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

11,384

 

 

$

10,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Leverage Ratio

 

3.23x

 

 

3.69x

 

 

 

Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing calculated as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities plus net proceeds from accounts receivable financing.  Because much of the Company’s temporary payroll expense is paid weekly and in advance of clients remitting payment for invoices, operating cash flow is often weaker in staffing companies where revenue and accounts receivable are growing.  Accounts receivable financing is essentially an advance on client remittances and is primarily used to fund temporary payroll.  As such, we believe this measure is helpful to investors as an indicator of the Company’s underlying operating cash flow.

 

On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into a new arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 (within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500). Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities.

 

On June 28, 2018, Clement May Limited entered into a new agreement for purchase of debt (“APD”) with HSBC, joining CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group (collectively, with Clement May, the “Borrowers”) as “Connected Clients” as defined in the APD. The new Connected Client APDs carry an aggregate Facility Limit of £20,000 across all Borrowers and the Clement May APD matures on June 28, 2019, unless otherwise accelerated or terminated earlier. The obligations of the Borrowers are secured by a fixed charge and a floating charge on the Borrowers’ respective accounts receivable and are subject to cross-company guarantees among the Borrowers. In addition the secured borrowing line against unbilled receivables was increased to £1,500 for a period of 90 days.

25


 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow provided (used) by operating activities

 

$

1,971

 

 

$

(7,233

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price

 

 

10,448

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Repayments on) proceeds from accounts receivable financing

 

 

(13,759

)

 

 

8,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities including proceeds from accounts receivable financing

 

$

(1,340

)

 

$

846

 

The Leverage Ratio and Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing should be considered together with the information in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section, immediately below.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Historically, we have funded our operations through term loans, promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity.

Our primary uses of cash have been for professional fees related to our operations and financial reporting requirements and for the payment of compensation, benefits and consulting fees. The following trends may occur as the Company continues to execute on its strategy:

 

An increase in working capital requirements to finance organic growth,

 

Addition of administrative and sales personnel as the business grows,

 

Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for existing and new brands as we expand within existing markets or enter new markets,

 

A continuation of the costs associated with being a public company, and

 

Capital expenditures to add technologies.

Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by the significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, costs associated with newly applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations could significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and increase the use of resources.

 

As of December 29, 2018, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $14,894, an accumulated deficit of $71,643 and a net loss of $6,501 for Fiscal 2018.  

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into the Jackson Note for $40,000. The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to (i) repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165, (ii) to fund a portion of the upfront cash portion of purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition, (iii) repay substantially all other outstanding indebtedness of the Company and (iv) for general working capital purposes. The maturity date for the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020.  The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.

26


To finance the CML acquisition, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. The Term Loan was drawn down on June 28, 2018 in an original principal amount of £1,550 ($2,047). Refer to Note 10 for further details.

 

To finance the KRI acquisition, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the Jackson Note. From the proceed of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39, and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.

 

In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) with Jackson.  The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrant to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the loan.

 

On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”). The Company evaluated the accounting for the conversion of debt to preferred stock and concluded this conversion is a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in full settlement of the $13,000 in debt is accounted for similar to the transfer of assets, with the equity interest being measured at its fair value, less legal fees and other direct costs. ASC 470-60 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the payable over the fair value of the assets or equity interest transferred be recognized as a gain. However, given that Jackson is a related party, ASC 470-50-40-2 states that this type of restructuring is in essence a capital transaction. As a result, no gain was recorded. Instead, the difference between the fair value of the Preferred Stock and Term Loan being extinguished was recorded within additional paid in capital. The Company recorded a total of $12,214 related to this conversion, net of legal fees and other direct costs including the write off of $445 in deferred financing costs related to the $13,000 debt.

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification, and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

Management believes the Company is a going concern meaning it will meet its obligations for the next 12 months as of the date these financial statements are issued.

Operating activities

Cash provided by operations was $1,971 for Fiscal 2018. This is primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $4,048, non-cash adjustments of $4,424, partially offset by net loss of $6,501. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to a decrease in accounts receivable of $5,141, decrease in prepaids and other current assets of $188, decrease in other assets of $83, increase in other current liabilities of $198 and other of $332, offset by decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,456, decrease in related party payables of $184, and decrease in other long term liabilities of $254. Non cash add backs of $4,424 primarily relate to amortization of intangible assets of $2,536, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $580, stock based compensation of $1,151, depreciation of $588, remeasurement loss on intercompany note of $686, offset by gain from sale of business of $238 and change in fair value of warrant liability of $879.

Cash used in operations was $7,233 for the Fiscal 2017. The Company’s principal source of financing for its operation is its accounts receivable lines of credit which is included in financing activities.  During Fiscal 2017, net draws from such lines of credit were $8,079. Net cash used on operating activities was primarily attributable to the net loss of $18,491, which primarily related to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $6,978, offset by non cash adjustments of $18,236. Changes in operating assets and liabilities relates to a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $4,606, an increase in accounts receivable of $2,502, a decrease in other current liabilities of $301 and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $821; offset by an increase in other long term liabilities of $1,003 and decrease in other assets of $287. Non-cash addbacks of $18,236 primarily relates to loss on extinguishment of debt of $6,132, impairment of goodwill of $4,790, amortization of intangible assets of $3,164, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $2,745, stock based compensation of $1,386, and depreciation expense of $402, offset by a change in fair value of warrant liability of $383.

 

27


Investing activities

Net cash flows provided by investing activities for Fiscal 2018 was $1,666 and is due to the acquisitions of Clement May and KRI of $9,760 and purchase of property and equipment of $425; offset by disposal of business, net of $1,403 and the collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC of $10,448.

Net cash flows used in investing activities for Fiscal 2017 was $21,588 and is due to the acquisitions of CBS Butler and FirstPro, net of cash acquired, totaling $20,890 and purchase of property and equipment of $698.

Financing activities

For Fiscal 2018, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $3,556, of which $13,759 related to proceeds from accounts receivable financing, net, payments for earn outs $1,402, repayment of term loans $596, related party financing costs of $280, third party financing costs of $109, dividends to related parties of $200, offset by proceeds from related party loans of $8,428, proceeds from term loans of $2,047 and proceeds from the At-market facility of $2,315.

Net cash flows provided by financing activities totaled $31,273 in Fiscal 2017 and was attributable to proceeds from related party term loans totaling $50,165, proceeds from net accounts receivable financing of $8,079, proceeds from convertible notes of $400 and proceeds from our At-the-Market facility of $441; offset by repayments on term loans totaling $15,141 (including related party term loan payments of $11,165), repayment of convertible notes of $6,635, third party financing costs of $2,354, redemption of Series D preferred stock of $1,500, payments towards earn outs of $1,125, dividends paid to related party of $566, repayment of promissory notes of $441 and repayment of bonds of $50.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management believes the Company’s critical accounting policies and estimates to be:

Revenue Recognition

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method.  The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue.  Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer.

 

 

28


Income Taxes

The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.  Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Business Combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:

Level 1:Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2:Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data

Level 3:Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350-30-35-4, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value. Significant judgments required to estimate the fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The guidance is effective for periods fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company early adopted this guidance during impairment testing performed as of October 1, 2017. Refer to Goodwill footnote for details on goodwill impairment recognized in Fiscal 2017.

 

 

29


Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The guidance is effective for annual periods fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company early adopted this guidance during impairment testing performed on October 1, 2017.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842).  This guidance will be effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 including the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less.  All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new revenue recognition standard are met. The new standard is effective for the Company on December 30, 2018, with early adoption permitted. An entity may choose to use either (1) its effective date or (2) the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements as its date of initial application. The Company has adopted the standard effective December 30, 2018 and has chosen to use the effective date as our date of initial application. Consequently, financial information will not be updated and the disclosures required under the new standard will not be provided for dates and periods prior to December 30, 2018. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected to apply the ‘package of practical expedients’ which allow us to not reassess i) whether existing or expired arrangements contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, or iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. The Company has also elected to apply i) the practical expedient which allows us to not separate lease and non-lease components, and (2) the short-term lease exemption for all leases with an original term of less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the recognition and measurements requirements in the new standard. In preparation for adoption of the standard, the Company has implemented internal controls to enable the preparation of financial information including the assessment of the impact of the standard. The adoption of the new standard is expected to result in the recognition of additional lease liabilities of approximately $5,423 and right-of-use assets of approximately $5,338 million as of December 30, 2018 related to the Company’s operating leases. The Company does not expect that the new standard will have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

30


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-1

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

 

F-2

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

 

F-3

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

 

F-4

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017  

 

F-6

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

 

F-7

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-8

 

 

 

31


 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

New York, New York

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 29, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 29, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Change in Accounting Principles

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).  The effects of the adoption are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, New York

March 22, 2019

 

 


F-1


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

 

As of Fiscal 2018

 

 

As of Fiscal 2017

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

3,181

 

 

$

3,100

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

32,746

 

 

 

33,392

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

1,443

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

37,124

 

 

 

37,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,639

 

 

 

1,618

 

Goodwill

 

 

32,061

 

 

 

27,169

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

22,657

 

 

 

17,145

 

Other assets

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

2,881

 

Total Assets

 

$

96,437

 

 

$

86,748

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

18,283

 

 

$

15,349

 

Interest payable - related party

 

 

1,457

 

 

 

1,360

 

Current portion of long term debt

 

 

657

 

 

 

245

 

Accounts receivable financing

 

 

21,979

 

 

 

25,983

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

9,642

 

 

 

6,372

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

52,018

 

 

 

49,309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term loan - related party, net

 

 

34,568

 

 

 

38,749

 

Term loan

 

 

997

 

 

 

 

Warrant Liability

 

 

 

 

 

1,426

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

4,659

 

 

 

4,049

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

92,242

 

 

 

93,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E-1 Preferred Stock, 6,500 designated, $1,000 par value, 81 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock, related party, 1,663,008 designated, $0.00001 par value, $1.00 stated value, 1,663,008 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E Preferred Stock, 13,000 designated, $1,000 par value, 13,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 5,326,068 and 3,909,114 shares issued and outstanding as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

73,772

 

 

 

57,574

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

2,053

 

 

 

783

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(71,643

)

 

 

(65,142

)

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

 

4,195

 

 

 

(6,785

)

Total Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

$

96,437

 

 

$

86,748

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-2


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share values)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Revenue

 

$

260,926

 

 

$

192,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization stated below

 

 

212,622

 

 

 

155,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

48,304

 

 

 

36,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

43,579

 

 

 

32,819

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,124

 

 

 

3,566

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

4,790

 

Operating expenses - restructuring

 

 

(57

)

 

 

780

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

46,646

 

 

 

41,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) From Operations

 

 

1,658

 

 

 

(5,214

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (Expenses) Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(8,386

)

 

 

(3,745

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

(580

)

 

 

(2,745

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

879

 

 

 

383

 

Re-measurement loss on intercompany note

 

 

(686

)

 

 

 

Gain from sale of business

 

 

238

 

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

(6,132

)

Other, net

 

 

398

 

 

 

(106

)

Total Other Expenses, net

 

 

(8,137

)

 

 

(12,345

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss Before Provision For Income Tax

 

 

(6,479

)

 

 

(17,559

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(932

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

(6,501

)

 

 

(18,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock - related party

 

 

200

 

 

 

200

 

Dividends - Series E preferred stock - related party

 

 

195

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series E-1 preferred stock - related party

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

Deemed Dividends - Series D preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

2,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss Attributable to Common Stock Holders

 

$

(6,987

)

 

$

(20,700

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(1.46

)

 

$

(6.60

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stock Holders

 

$

(1.57

)

 

$

(7.39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted

 

 

4,444,033

 

 

 

2,801,831

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-3


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Net Loss

 

$

(6,501

)

 

$

(18,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

1,270

 

 

 

(72

)

Comprehensive Loss Attributable to the Company

 

$

(5,231

)

 

$

(18,563

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-4


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity

 

 

Series D

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2016

 

93

 

 

$

884

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

1,827,960

 

 

$

 

 

$

53,190

 

 

$

855

 

 

$

(46,651

)

 

 

7,394

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

395,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,386

 

Acquisition of CBS Butler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

430

 

Convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

498

 

Term loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

945,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,527

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,527

 

At-Market-Facility, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

367

 

Series D Conversions

 

(31

)

 

 

(297

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

Paid in capital - Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

309,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

880

 

Deemed dividends - Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,009

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,009

)

Redemption - Series D Preferred Stock

 

(62

)

 

 

(587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

 

(72

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,491

)

 

 

(18,491

)

Balance December 30, 2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

3,909,114

 

 

$

 

 

$

57,574

 

 

$

783

 

 

$

(65,142

)

 

$

(6,785

)

 

The accompany notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 


F-5


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity

 

 

Series E-1

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 30, 2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

3,909,114

 

 

$

 

 

$

57,574

 

 

$

783

 

 

$

(65,142

)

 

$

(6,785

)

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,151

 

Acquisition of Clement May

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Term loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

492,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

371

 

At-Market-Facility, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

742,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,245

 

Debt Conversion, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,227

 

Warrant adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

682

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(195

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

Additional shares issues on share split

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,501

)

 

 

(6,501

)

Balance December 29, 2018

 

81

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

5,326,068

 

 

$

 

 

$

73,772

 

 

$

2,053

 

 

$

(71,643

)

 

$

4,195

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

L[].’

 

 

F-6


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(6,501

)

 

$

(18,491

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

588

 

 

 

402

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

2,536

 

 

 

3,164

 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

580

 

 

 

2,745

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

4,790

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

6,132

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

1,151

 

 

 

1,386

 

Gain from sale of business

 

 

(238

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

(879

)

 

 

(383

)

Re-measurement loss on intercompany note

 

 

686

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

5,141

 

 

 

(2,502

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

188

 

 

 

(821

)

Other assets

 

 

83

 

 

 

287

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(1,456

)

 

 

(4,606

)

Accounts payable - Related parties

 

 

(184

)

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

198

 

 

 

(301

)

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(254

)

 

 

1,003

 

Other, net

 

 

332

 

 

 

(38

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

1,971

 

 

 

(7,233

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

(9,760

)

 

 

(20,890

)

Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price

 

 

10,448

 

 

 

 

Disposal of business, net of cash

 

 

1,403

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(425

)

 

 

(698

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

(21,588

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party financing costs

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(2,354

)

Related-party financing costs

 

 

(280

)

 

 

 

Payments for earn-outs

 

 

(1,402

)

 

 

(1,125

)

Proceeds from term loans - related party

 

 

8,428

 

 

 

50,165

 

Repayment of term loans - related party

 

 

 

 

 

(11,165

)

Proceeds from term loans

 

 

2,047

 

 

 

 

Repayment of term loans

 

 

(596

)

 

 

(3,976

)

Proceeds from convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

400

 

Repayment of convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

(6,635

)

Repayment of promissory notes

 

 

 

 

 

(441

)

Proceeds from accounts receivable financing, net

 

 

(13,759

)

 

 

8,079

 

Dividends - related party

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(566

)

Purchase of Series D Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,500

)

Proceeds from At-Market-Facility

 

 

2,315

 

 

 

441

 

Repayment of bonds

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(3,556

)

 

 

31,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH

 

 

81

 

 

 

2,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - Beginning of period

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - End of period

 

$

3,181

 

 

$

3,100

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-7


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. We are a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector. Our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration (“Professional”) and light industrial (“Commercial”) disciplines.

The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015 and a one-for-five reverse stock split on January 3, 2018. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

 

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars. All amounts are in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with the GAAP. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Change of Year End

On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53-week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, effective December 31, 2016. On April 12, 2017, the company filed a transition report (“Transition Report”), Form 10-K/T, for the period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, (“Transition Period”). Following that Transition Report, we will file annual reports for each twelve-month period ending the Saturday closest to December 31 of each year beginning with December 30, 2017 (“Fiscal 2017”), which was filed on March 29, 2018. This report is for the period from December 31, 2017 to December 29, 2018, “Fiscal 2018”.

Acquisitions

Clement May Acquisition

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and to paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc.  

Key Resources Inc. Acquisition

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”).

The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout

F-8


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020.  The payment of the Earnout Consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.

To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428.

PeopleServe Disposition

On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. for total consideration of $1,502. The Company recorded a gain of $238 from the sale of the business.  

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.

 

Reclassifications

 

We may make certain reclassifications to prior period amounts to conform with the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material effect on our consolidated statement of financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Revenue Recognition

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method.  The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue.  Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to

F-9


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

the customer. Revenue in Fiscal 2018 was comprised of 250,416 of temporary contractor revenue and $10,510 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $187,249 and $5,401 for Fiscal 2017, respectively. Refer to Note 8 for further details on breakdown by segments.  

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Agencies

The Company records taxes on customer transactions due to governmental agencies as a receivable and a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Sales taxes are recorded net on the consolidated statement of operations.

Advertising Costs

Costs for advertising are expensed when incurred. Advertising expenses for the Company were $1,332 and $815 for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

Legal Contingencies and Expenses

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. The Company assesses its potential contingent and other liabilities by analyzing its claims, disputes and legal and regulatory matters using all available information and developing its views on estimated losses in consultation with its legal and other advisors. The Company determines whether a loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. If the contingency is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. Expenses associated with legal contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

Restructuring Charges

The Company records a liability for significant costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs, certain employee severance costs associated with formal restructuring plans, facility closings or other similar activities and related asset impairments, when the liability is incurred.

The determination of when the Company accrues for severance and related costs depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under a one-time benefit arrangement or under an ongoing benefit arrangement. Where the Company has either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, it recognizes severance costs when they are both probable and estimable. Costs associated with restructuring actions that include one-time severance benefits are only recorded once a liability has been incurred, including when management with the proper level of authority has committed to a restructuring plan and the plan has been communicated to employees. These charges are included in operational restructuring and other charges on the consolidated statements of operations. Other charges include knowledge transfer costs directly related to the restructuring initiatives and are expensed as incurred. On December 22, 2017, the Company announced the departure of Mr. Briand, former Chief Executive Officer, effective January 31, 2018. The Company has paid approximately $690 in severance costs during 2018 and has an accrued balance of approximately $201 as of December 29, 2018.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired, to be cash equivalents.  The Company had no cash equivalents at the end of Fiscal 2018 or Fiscal 2017.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history, its current credit-worthiness and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all efforts to collect have been exhausted. As of the end of Fiscal 2018 and the Fiscal 2017, the Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $248 and $159, respectively.

 

F-10


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.  Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and equity is translated at historical rate. Results of operations are translated using average exchange rates. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are included in a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income), while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in operations.

Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining certain financing are deferred and amortized on an effective interest method basis over the term of the related obligation. In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount.

 

Business Combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:

 

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2:

Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

F-11


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

There were no Level 1or 2 assets or liabilities or Level 3 assets in any period. The Company’s Level 3 liabilities were its warrants issued to Jackson and contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions. The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a change in fair value of the warrant liability of $879 and $383 in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

The tables below represents a rollforward of the Level 3 warrant liability and contingent consideration:

 

 

 

Contingent Consideration

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

2,346

 

Payments

 

 

(1,125

)

Payment with surety bond

 

 

(1,207

)

Acquisition of CBS Butler

 

 

4,885

 

Change in fair value

 

 

130

 

Balance at December 30, 2017

 

$

5,029

 

CBS Butler earnout adjustment

 

 

(146

)

CBS Butler interest accretion

 

 

682

 

KRI deferred consideration

 

 

3,531

 

Clement May earnout

 

 

635

 

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

$

9,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash is considered to be highly liquid and easily tradable and therefore classified as Level 1 within our fair value hierarchy.

ASC 825-10-25, “Fair Value Option” expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value options for any of its qualifying financial instruments. 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each category as follows:

 

Computers

 

3-5 years

Computer equipment

 

3-5 years

Network equipment

 

3-5 years

Software

 

3-5 years

Office equipment

 

3-7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

3-7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

3-5 years

 

Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are capitalized.

At the time of retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in Other income/(expenses).

 

Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, the Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not

F-12


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

be fully recoverable.  The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount.  The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the estimated fair value and the book value of the underlying asset.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value. Significant judgments required to estimate the fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.

Due to the Company’s year end being the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, the Company performs impairment testing annually on the first day of its fourth fiscal quarter of every year, to coincide with the Company’s annual planning cycle. The Company performed impairment testing as of September 30, 2018.  

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Under the new standard, a Company is required to recognize an impairment charge to goodwill equal to the difference between the carrying value of the reporting unit as compared to its estimated fair value not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill. The guidance is effective for periods fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for any impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company early adopted this guidance during impairment testing performed as of October 1, 2017.

 

Convertible Instruments

The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivative and Hedging”.

Accounting standards generally provides three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur, and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument.  Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument.”

The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance with professional standards when “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features,” as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments.” Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Original issue discounts (“OID”) under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.

F-13


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

ASC 815-40 provides that, among other things, generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control and could require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.

 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, which requires companies to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity based compensation issued to employees. The Company accounts for non-employee share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees”.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The guidance is effective for annual periods fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company early adopted this guidance during impairment testing performed on October 1, 2017.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842).  This guidance will be effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 including the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less.  All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new revenue recognition standard are met. The new standard is effective for the Company on December 30, 2018, with early adoption permitted. An entity may choose to use either (1) its effective date or (2) the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements as its date of initial application. The Company has adopted the standard effective December 30, 2018 and has chosen to use the effective date as our date of initial application. Consequently, financial information will not be updated and the disclosures required under the new standard will not be provided for dates and periods prior to December 30, 2018. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected to apply the ‘package of practical expedients’ which allow us to not reassess i) whether existing or expired arrangements contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, or iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. The Company has also elected to apply i) the practical expedient which allows us to not separate lease and non-lease components, and (2) the short-term lease exemption for all leases with an original term of less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the recognition and measurements requirements in the new standard. In preparation for adoption of the standard, the Company has implemented internal controls to enable the preparation of financial information including the assessment of the impact of the standard. The adoption of the new standard is expected to result in the recognition of additional lease liabilities of approximately $5,423, and right-of-use assets of approximately $5,338 million as of December 30, 2018 related to the Company’s operating leases. The Company does not expect that the new standard will have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

F-14


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The Company utilizes the guidance per ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”.  Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income/loss available to stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during each period. Our Series A preferred stock holders receive certain dividends or dividend equivalents that are considered participating securities and our loss per share is computed using the two-class method. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common stock shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock share equivalents consist of common shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, certain equity awards and the exercise of stock options and warrants (calculated using the modified treasury stock method).  Such securities, shown below, presented on a common share equivalent basis and outstanding as of the end of Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, have been excluded from the per share computations since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Warrants

 

 

925,935

 

 

 

925,935

 

Long term incentive plan (LTIP)

 

 

 

 

 

178,728

 

Options

 

 

111,400

 

 

 

122,400

 

Convertible preferred shares

 

 

7,395,404

 

 

 

43,239

 

Restricted shares - unvested

 

 

572,256

 

 

 

471,132

 

Total

 

 

9,004,995

 

 

 

1,741,434

 

 

The Series D Preferred Stock contained beneficial conversion features; a portion was quantifiable at the date of issuance in the amount of $615, which was recognized immediately due to the immediate convertibility of the Series D Preferred Stock and that it had no true redemption date. The additional beneficial conversion feature was quantifiable only at the date of each subsequent conversion. Both beneficial conversion features represent additional value to the holders not known at the date of issuance. As such, they represent a dividend on the Series D Preferred Stock and recorded as a Deemed Dividend. These Deemed Dividends are presented on the Statement of Operations for purposes of calculating Earnings Per Share only and have no net impact on Shareholders’ Deficit. In April 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with Holders of the Series D Preferred shares to redeem the remaining 62 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and terminate all future conversion rights, in return for $1,500 in cash and 60,000 shares of common stock. Deemed Dividends recorded were $2,009 in Fiscal 2017.

 

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Computer software

 

$

251

 

 

$

192

 

Office equipment

 

 

208

 

 

 

131

 

Computer equipment

 

 

960

 

 

 

835

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

965

 

 

 

824

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

862

 

 

 

655

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

3,246

 

 

 

2,637

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,607

)

 

 

(1,019

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

1,639

 

 

$

1,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 was $588 and $402 , respectively.

 

 

F-15


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 5 – OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

The following provides a breakdown of other non-current assets:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Collateral associated with wokmans' compensation insurance

 

$

2,956

 

 

$

2,842

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

Total

 

$

2,956

 

 

$

2,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of intangible assets as of:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Intangible assets, gross

 

$

9,580

 

 

$

2,487

 

 

$

23,234

 

 

$

35,301

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(2,747

)

 

 

(2,259

)

 

 

(7,638

)

 

 

(12,644

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

6,833

 

 

$

228

 

 

$

15,596

 

 

$

22,657

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Intangible assets, gross

 

$

8,538

 

 

$

2,226

 

 

$

17,406

 

 

$

28,170

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(1,778

)

 

 

(2,205

)

 

 

(7,042

)

 

 

(11,025

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

6,760

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

10,364

 

 

$

17,145

 

 

In connection with the acquisition of Clement May and KRI, the Company intangible assets of $1,194 and $7,400, respectively, representing trade names, non compete and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 10 years.  On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. and wrote off gross intangibles of $2,999 and accumulated amortization of $2,460.
 

As of December 29, 2018, estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

 

As of December 29,

 

Amount

 

2019

 

$

2,810

 

2020

 

 

2,647

 

2021

 

 

2,601

 

2022

 

 

2,555

 

2023

 

 

2,555

 

Thereafter

 

 

9,489

 

Total

 

$

22,657

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets for the period ended Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 was $2,536 and $3,164, respectively. The weighted average useful life remaining of intangible assets remaining is 8.5 years.

 

 

F-16


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL

The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Beginning balance, gross

 

$

33,247

 

 

$

17,067

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(6,078

)

 

 

(1,288

)

Beginning balance, net

 

 

27,169

 

 

 

15,779

 

Acquisitions

 

 

4,892

 

 

 

16,180

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

(4,790

)

Ending balance, net

 

$

32,061

 

 

$

27,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company recorded goodwill of $1,545 and $3,347 related to the acquisition of Clement May and KRI, respectively.

 

Goodwill by reportable segment is as follows:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

2,756

 

 

$

2,756

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

13,873

 

 

 

10,527

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

15,432

 

 

 

13,886

 

Ending balance, net

 

$

32,061

 

 

$

27,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of October 1, 2017 and recognized an impairment with respect to its PeopleServe reporting unit of $4,790 in Fiscal 2017, fully impairing the goodwill of this reporting unit. The impairment resulted from a continued decline in that reporting unit’s revenue which has lower margin than other reporting units. To determine the impairment, the Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, which the Company early adopted, the impairment amount represents the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the reporting unit. No impairment was recognized in Fiscal 2018.

 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of September 30, 2018 and no impairment was recognized. The Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its annual impairment testing.

 

 

NOTE 8 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

The following provides a breakdown of accounts payable and accrued expenses:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,213

 

 

$

4,371

 

Accrued payroll, taxes and bonuses

 

 

11,378

 

 

 

7,061

 

Severance costs

 

 

201

 

 

 

780

 

Legal cost accrual

 

 

 

 

 

608

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

3,491

 

 

 

2,529

 

Total

 

$

18,283

 

 

$

15,349

 

 

 

F-17


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 9 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING

Sterling National Bank

In November 2013, Control Solutions International, Inc. (“CSI”), entered into a financing services agreement by which it assigned accounts receivable to fund working capital with Sterling National Bank (“Sterling”). In conjunction with the closing of the Jackson Note, the Company’s accounts receivable based lending facility with Sterling National Bank was closed.

ABN AMRO Commercial Finance

In February 2014, Longbridge entered into an agreement with ABN AMRO Commercial Finance PLC (“ABN AMRO”) under which it could borrow money against eligible accounts receivable.

On March 29, 2017, Longbridge and The JM Group each received a reservation of rights letter from ABN AMRO bank with respect to technical noncompliance with certain financial covenants contained in their financing documents with the bank. There was no financial impact of receiving this letter as ABN AMRO informed the Company they intended to take no action.

The balance of the ABN AMRO Facility as of Fiscal 2017 was $1,321 and included in Accounts receivable financing on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

In conjunction with the HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility, on February 8, 2018, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group terminated this facility and the remaining balance was paid in full.

Midcap Funding Trust

Prior to September 15, 2017, certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company were parties to a $25,000 revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”), with the option to increase the amount by an additional $25,000, with a maturity of April 8, 2019.   The facility provided for borrowing of 85% against eligible receivables and carried an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum. The Company could prepay all or any portion of the balance at any time subject to a prepayment premium of: (i) 2.0% if prepaid in the first year of the loan; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. This loan is secured by a first priority lien in favor of MidCap on all of the Company’s US based assets except for the CSI assets. The Company entered into customary pledge and guaranty agreements to evidence the security interest in favor of MidCap.

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against unbilled receivables up to 85% with a cap of $1,300 borrowing against such receivables. In addition, the maturity date of the facility was extended to April 8, 2020 and the prepayment premiums reset to: (i) 2% if prepaid in the first or second year post the amendment; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. No other material terms were amended.

The availability to the Company under the Midcap Facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. The Midcap Facility allows the Company to issue letters of credit up to $150. As of December 29, 2018, $85 letters of credit were issued and outstanding.

The facility provides events of default including: (i) failure to make payment of principal or interest on any MidCap loans when required, (ii) failure to perform obligations under the facility and related documents, (iii) not paying its debts as such debts become due and similar insolvency matters, and (iv) material adverse changes to the Company (subject to a 10-day notice and cure period). Upon an event of default, the Company’s obligations under the credit facility may, or in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy will automatically, be accelerated. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) 3.0% above the rate of interest applicable to such obligations immediately prior to the occurrence of the event of default; and (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law.

Under the terms of this agreement, the Company is subject to affirmative covenants which are customary for financings of this type, including: (i) maintain good standing and governmental authorizations, (ii) provide certain information and notices to MidCap, (iii) deliver monthly reports and quarterly financial statements to MidCap, (iv) maintain insurance, (v) discharge all taxes, (vi) protect their intellectual property, and (vii) generally protect the collateral granted to MidCap. The Company is also subject to negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including that it may not: (i) enter into a merger or consolidation or certain change of control events, (ii) incur liens on the collateral, (iii) except for certain permitted acquisitions, acquire any significant assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (iv) assume certain additional senior debt, or (v) amend any of their organizational documents. During the period August 31, 2015 through May 31, 2016, the Company was not in compliance with one or more of the covenants, however, did receive a waiver from MidCap for such covenants during this period. On July 11, 2016, the Company and MidCap amended the agreement and related covenants prospectively. The Company has since been in compliance with the covenants.

F-18


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The balance of the Midcap Facility as of Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 was $17,893 and $16,913, respectively and is included in Accounts receivable financing on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd

CBS Butler had a revolving accounts receivable financing arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd “HSBC”. The facility, whose maximum capacity was £8,500, had an original expiration of January 2011, and provided for termination by either party with 90 days notice. Under the arrangement, CBS Butler could borrow against eligible short-term trade receivables in exchange for cash and a subordinated interest. The Company would receive cash equal to approximately 90% (varies slightly by geographical location of the receivable) of the value of the eligible receivables.

 

In conjunction with the HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility, on February 8, 2018, CBS Butler terminated this facility and the remaining balance was paid in full.

 

HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility

On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into a new arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 (within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500). The arrangement has an initial term of 12 months, with an automatic rolling three-month extension and carries a service charge of 1.80%.

 

On June 28, 2018, CML, the Company’s new subsidiary entered into a new agreement with a minimum term of 12 months for purchase of debt (“APD”) with HSBC, joining CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group (collectively, with CML, the “Borrowers”) as “Connected Clients” as defined in the APD. The new Connected Client APDs carry an aggregate Facility Limit of £20,000 across all Borrowers. The obligations of the Borrowers are secured by a fixed charge and a floating charge on the Borrowers’ respective accounts receivable and are subject to cross-company guarantees among the Borrowers. In addition, the secured borrowing line against unbilled receivables was increased to £1,500 for a period of 90 days.

Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities.

 

 

NOTE 10 – DEBT

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Term Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jackson Investment Group - related party

 

 

35,740

 

 

 

40,000

 

HSBC Term Loan

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

 

ABN AMRO

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

Total Debt

 

 

37,393

 

 

 

40,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Deferred Financing Costs and/or Debt Discount

 

 

(1,171

)

 

 

(1,260

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Debt, Net

 

 

36,222

 

 

 

38,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current Portion

 

 

(657

)

 

 

(245

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

 

$

35,565

 

 

$

38,749

 

 

F-19


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Series B Bonds

The balance of $50 was paid in full in Fiscal 2017.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note – January 6, 2016

On January 6, 2016, the Company issued a non-interest bearing $359 convertible promissory note.  This note was paid in full in January 2017.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note - September 10, 2016

On September 10, 2016, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing convertible note for $477, whereby the Company received cash of $400. This note was due to mature in March 2017. In March 2017, the Company extended the note to September 2017 with a new maturity value of $565. The Company paid this in full on September 18, 2017.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note - April 11, 2017

On April 11, 2017, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing convertible note for $477, whereby the Company received cash of $400, maturing in October 2017. The Company paid this in full on September 18, 2017.

8% Convertible Note (July 8, 2015) and 8% Convertible Note (February 8, 2016)

 

On July 8, 2015, the Company issued an 8% convertible debenture valued at $3.92 million with a maturity date of April 1, 2017. On July 1, 2016, the Company paid cash of $980 in principal and on October 1, 2016, the Company separately converted $980 in principal into 178,182 shares of common stock.

 

On February 8, 2016, the Company issued an 8% convertible debenture valued at $728 with a maturity date of July 1, 2017.

 

On January 3, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment agreement pursuant to which, the parties refinanced an aggregate amount of $2,688 of indebtedness and extended all amortization payments for the two 8% convertible notes dated July 8, 2015 and February 8, 2016 (collectively, the “Amendment”) to October 1, 2018, which was approximately 21 months from the date of the refinancing.

The Amendment had a new face value of $3,126, and an 8% interest rate per annum, with no interest payments due until October 1, 2017, payable quarterly thereafter, and an overall term of 21 months with principal due at maturity. The Amendment was convertible into shares of common stock at a price of $3.00 per share at holder’s election, and the holder agreed to eliminate the 20% pre-payment penalty for an early redemption. In connection with the refinancing, the Company issued the holder 24,000 shares of common stock, valued at $498. The Amendment resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $2,688 and recording of the new debt and debt issue costs. The Company recorded a $870 loss upon extinguishment. On January 26, 2017, the Amendment was paid in full resulting a loss of $498.

Lighthouse Promissory Notes

On July 8, 2015, the Company acquired Lighthouse. In connection with the acquisition, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note of $2,498 bearing interest at 6% per annum due over three years (“Lighthouse - Seller Note #1”), and an unsecured promissory note of $625 bearing interest at 6% per annum due over two years (“Lighthouse - Seller Note #2”) (collectively, the “Lighthouse Notes”). The Company paid these notes in full on September 18, 2017.

 

Sterling National Bank Promissory Note

On July 24, 2015, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary CSI, issued a promissory note to Sterling National Bank in the amount of $350. The note bore interest at 18% per annum and has a maturity date of October 24, 2017. The Company paid this note in full on September 18, 2017 with the funding received from the Jackson Note.

ABN AMRO Term Loan

On November 5, 2015, the Company entered into a two-year term loan agreement with ABN AMRO Bank in the amount of £750 ($1,096). In June 2016, the Company borrowed an additional £250. On February 8, 2018, the entire remaining balance was paid off.

 

Midcap Financial Trust – Term Loan

On April 8, 2015, the Company entered in to a four-year term loan agreement with Midcap Financial Trust in the amount of $3,000. This loan bears interest at 9.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum with principal payments of $62.5 per month. On

F-20


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

February 8, 2016 the Company amended the terms of the agreement to modify the principal amortization and the maturity date to September 1, 2018. The Company paid this note in full on September 18, 2017 with the funding received from the Jackson Note. The Company wrote off $533 in deferred financing costs associated with the settlement of this term loan.

 

Midcap Financial Trust – Additional Term Loan

On April 8, 2015, the Company entered into an additional four-year term loan with Midcap Financial Trust, associated with the accounts receivable financing line of credit, of up to $1,300 bearing interest at 4.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum.  The initial borrowing of the Additional Term Loan was $700 and was payable in full on April 8, 2019.

 

On February 8, 2016, the Company amended the terms of the agreement to draw an additional $500 and adjust the interest rate to 9.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1%.

 

On January 26, 2017, the payment terms of the Additional Term Loan were amended. Commencing on February 1, 2017 and continuing the first day of each calendar month, the Company shall make principal payments of $50 each month with the entire remaining balance due on the maturity date. The Company paid this note in full on September 18, 2017 with the funding received from the Jackson Note.

 

Jackson Investment Group Term Loan Note #1

On January 26, 2017, the Company entered into a note and warrant purchase agreement with Jackson for $7,400. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company issued to Jackson 330,000 shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (the “Warrant”). The note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable until maturity. At any time during the term of the note, upon notice to Jackson, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to Jackson an amount not less than $100 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the note may be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of Jackson at maturity or upon prepayment by the Company, at a conversion price equal to $10.00 per share. On March 14, 2017, the Company and Jackson amended the warrant to include a blocker preventing Jackson from owning more than 19.99% of the Company’s shares outstanding as of January 26, 2017, until such ownership is approved by the shareholders consistent with Nasdaq Rule 5635(b). On June 15, 2017, our stockholders approved the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock under the warrant to Jackson that may result in Jackson owning in excess of 19.99% of the Company’s outstanding shares.

The warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price is subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Company has accounted for these warrants as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions.

On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclass the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a gain from the change in fair value of the warrant liability of $879 and $383 in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively, using Black-Scholes valuation model.

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification, and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

The Company paid this note in full on September 18, 2017 and entered in a new note with Jackson (refer to “Jackson Note”).

F-21


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Jackson Investment Group Term Loan Note #2 – Related Party

On April 5, 2017, the Company amended the note and warrant purchase agreement and entered into a second subordinated secured note for $1,650. Under the terms of this amended agreement, the Company issued to Jackson 59,397 shares of common stock, with an additional 74,184 shares of common stock that was issued after obtaining shareholder approval for issuance of shares to Jackson in excess of the 19.99% limit in June 2017. Also on April 5, 2017, the Company amended the Warrant to allow Jackson to purchase up to an additional 825,463 shares of common stock, modified the initial exercise price of the Warrant to $5.00 per share and modified the conversion price of accrued interest on the note issued to Jackson in January 2017 to $7.50. The Warrant was also amended to increase the amount of common stock issuable to Jackson pursuant to the anti-dilution clause contained therein. The second note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of June 8, 2019; however, in the event the Company satisfies all of its outstanding obligations with Midcap Financial Trust, the maturity date will be adjusted to July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable on the second note until maturity. At any time during the term of the second note, upon notice to Jackson, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to Jackson an amount not less than $100 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The second note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the second note can be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of Jackson at maturity or in the event of a prepayment by the Company, at a conversion price equal to $7.50 per share. The proceeds of this transaction were used to redeem the remaining shares and conversion rights of the Series D Preferred Stock. The Company has accounted for these warrants as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses, as discussed above.

The Company paid this note in full on September 18, 2017 and entered into a new note with Jackson (refer to “Jackson Note – Related Party”)

Jackson Investment Group Term Loan Note #3 – Related Party

In August 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note for $1,600, with a term of 60 days at interest of 10% per annum and issued 32,000 shares of common stock. The proceeds of the note were used to fund the satisfaction of a judgment entered in the matter of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

The Company paid this in full on September 18, 2017 and entered into a new note with Jackson (refer to “Jackson Note”).

Jackson Investment Group Term Loan Note #4 – Related Party

On September 1, 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note for $515, with a term of 31 days at an interest of 12% per annum. The proceeds of the note were used to fund other debt obligations. The Company paid this in full on September 18, 2017 and entered into a new note with Jackson (refer to “Jackson Note”).

Jackson Note – Related Party

On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $40,000 note agreement with Jackson. The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson pursuant to the existing note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165 and to fund a portion of the purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition and repay certain other outstanding indebtedness of the Company. The maturity date for the amounts due under the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020.  The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.

 

The Company paid a closing fee of $1,000 in connection with its entry into the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and agreed to issue 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee. These shares are subject to registration rights in favor of Jackson which was included in a new resale registration statement which was filed by the Company on November 1, 2017. The Jackson Note resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $11,165 and recording of the new debt of $40,000 at fair value. The Company recorded $4,764 loss upon extinguishment of debt, and deferred debt issuance costs of $1,385 to be amortized over the term of the new loan.

 

Immediately prior to closing the Jackson Note, Jackson owned 526,697 shares of common stock and 905,508 warrants.

F-22


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

On August 27, 2018, Company entered into an amended agreement with Jackson, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the Jackson Note. From the proceed of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.

 

In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) with Jackson.  The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrant to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the loan.

 

Debt Exchange Agreement

 

On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”). The Company evaluated the accounting for the conversion of debt to preferred stock and concluded this conversion is a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in full settlement of the $13,000 in debt is accounted for similar to the transfer of assets, with the equity interest being measured at its fair value, less legal fees and other direct costs. ASC 470-60 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the payable over the fair value of the assets or equity interest transferred be recognized as a gain. However, given that Jackson is a related party, ASC 470-50-40-2 states that this type of restructuring is in essence a capital transaction. As a result, no gain was recorded. Instead, the difference between the fair value of the Preferred Stock and Term Loan being extinguished was recorded within additional paid in capital. The Company recorded a total of $12,214 related to this conversion, net of legal fees and other direct costs including the write off of $445 in deferred financing costs related to the $13,000 debt.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.  Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561 shares of common stock of the Company at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock).  A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock.  Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock.  The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E  Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by the Company within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) Series E‑1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by the Company if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by the Company on or prior to October 31, 2020.  

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification, and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

 

The Jackson Note includes certain financial customary covenants, including a leverage ratio covenant. As of December 29, 2018, the Company was in compliance with this covenant.

 

 

 

F-23


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015 and a one-for-five reserve stock split effective after the market close on January 3, 2018. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

The issuance 1,416,954 of common shares during Fiscal 2018 is summarized below:

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value at Issuance

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

of Shares

 

 

(minimum and maximum

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

Issued

 

 

Issued

 

 

per share)

 

At-The-Market facility

 

 

742,980

 

 

$

2,315

 

 

$

1.61

 

$

4.23

 

Jackson Investment Group

 

 

492,000

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

1.76

 

 

1.93

 

Employees

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

1.54

 

 

1.61

 

Board and committee members

 

 

21,000

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

1.40

 

 

3.25

 

Consultants

 

 

20,548

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

1.40

 

 

3.42

 

Acquisition

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

1.38

 

Reverse stock split (rounding up shares)

 

 

426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,416,954

 

 

$

3,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s authorized common stock consists of 40,000,000 shares having a par value of $0.00001. As of the end of Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company has issued and outstanding 5,326,068 and 3,909,114 common shares, respectively. On January 26, 2017, the Company received shareholder approval to amend the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance from 20,000,000 to 40,000,000.

 

In May 2017, the Company entered into an At-The-Market offering (“ATM”) agreement with Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC to establish an at-the-market equity offering program pursuant to which they are able, with the Company’s authorization, to offer and sell up to $3 million of the Company’s common stock at prevailing market prices from time to time. In Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company sold 742,980 and 125,253 shares of common stock under this program at a net value of $2,245 and $367, respectively.

 

On January 22, 2019 the Company issued and sold 387,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to an institutional purchaser at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $775, before placement fees and estimated offering expenses. The offering of the Securities was made under the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-208910) (the “Registration Statement”), including a base prospectus, previously filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 22, 2016. The offering of the Securities was made only by means of a prospectus supplement that forms a part of the registration statement.

 

On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were approximately $4,000, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the Company granted the underwriter an over-allotment option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days following the date of the prospectus for the offering, to purchase up to 363,750 additional shares of Common Stock. If exercised in full, the Company would receive approximately $600 in additional gross proceeds, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. 

 

On March 14, 2019, our underwriters exercised a portion of the over-allotment option for 90,180 shares at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The Company received a total of $138 in net proceeds.

Restricted Shares

The Company has issued shares to employees and board and committee members under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under these plans, the shares are restricted for a period of three years from issuance. As of Fiscal 2018, the Company has a total of 572,256 shares unvested issued to employees and Board and committee members. In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock based compensation from restricted stock based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by

F-24


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

multiplying the number of restricted shares by the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance. The impact of forfeitures has historically been immaterial to the financial statements. In Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company recorded compensation expense associated with these restricted shares of $896 and $844, respectively. The table below is a rollforward of unvested restricted shares issued to employees and board of directors.

 

Restricted Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Price Per Share

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

79,912

 

 

$

19.91

 

Granted

 

391,220

 

 

 

3.33

 

Vested

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Balance at December 30, 2017

 

471,132

 

 

$

6.14

 

Granted

 

168,424

 

 

 

1.66

 

Vested

 

(67,300

)

 

 

19.90

 

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

572,256

 

 

$

3.47

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock – Related Party

 

On May 29, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1.00 per share and is entitled to a 12% dividend.

Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holder’s election at any time prior to December 31, 2020 (the “Redemption Date”), at a conversion rate of one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for every 50 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the Holder elects to convert. Originally the redemption date was December 31, 2018 and this was extended to December 31, 2020 in January 2019.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share or classes and series of securities of the Company which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock less any dividends previously paid out on the Series A Preferred Stock.

The holders will be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 12% of the Stated Value per annum, payable monthly in cash, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

The Certificate of Designation filed on May 29, 2015, designating the Series A Preferred Stock, was filed in connection with the Company’s issuance of an aggregate of 1,663,008 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Brendan Flood and Matthew Briand for the conversion of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus (as defined in each employment agreement) associated with their employment agreements. The Certificate of Designation was approved and related issuances were ratified by the Company’s Board and compensation committee on May 29, 2015.

Up until the Redemption Date, holders may convert their shares into common stock at their election. On the Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of each Holder, for cash or for shares of common stock in the Company’s sole discretion. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in shares of common stock, the holders shall initially receive one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for each $50.00 of the Redemption Purchase Price. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in cash, the redemption price paid to each Holder shall be equal to the Stated Value for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder, less the aggregate amount of dividends paid to such Holder through the Redemption Date.

F-25


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

As of Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, we had issued and outstanding 1,663,008 Series A Preferred Stock shares and no accrued dividends.  In Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company paid dividends of $200 and $566, respectively.

Series D Preferred Stock

On June 27, 2016, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Series D Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 5,000 shares as Series D Preferred, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”). On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Series D Preferred Stock have a face value of $10 (whole dollars) per share (the “Face Value”), original issue discount of 5% (“OID”) and conversion price of $2.50 per share. The Certificate of Designation sets forth the voting powers, designations, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and relative rights applicable to the Series D Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series D Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, except: (a) during a period where a dividend (or part of a dividend) is in arrears; (b) on a proposal to reduce the Company's share capital; (c) on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement; (d) on a proposal to wind up the Company; (e) on a proposal for the disposal of all or substantially all the Company's property, business and undertaking; and (f) during the winding-up of the entity.

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, pari passu with any distribution or payment made to the holders of Preferred Stock and common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock (each a “Holder”) will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders an amount with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to $10 (whole dollars), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid In-Kind Accrual thereon.

Commencing on the date of the issuance of any such shares of Series D Preferred Stock, each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock will accrue a cumulative in-kind payment accrual (“In-Kind Accrual”), at a rate equal to 6.50% per annum, subject to adjustment as provided in the Certificate of Designations, of the Face Value.  In-Kind Accrual will be payable with respect to any shares of Series D Preferred Stock upon any of the following: (a) upon redemption of such shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation; (b) upon conversion of such shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation; and (c) when, as and if otherwise declared by the Board of the Company.  

Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the Company and Holder thereof, in accordance with the Certificate of Designation, into that number of shares of common stock (subject to the limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designation) determined by dividing the Face Value of such share of Series D Preferred Stock by the conversion price per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, which shall equal $2.50, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Certificate of Designation. Holders may effect conversions by providing the Company with a conversion notice in accordance with form and procedures set forth in the Certificate of Designation.  The shares of common stock underlying the Series D Preferred Stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company may not issue shares of common stock to any Holder which, when aggregated with all other shares of common stock then deemed beneficially owned by such Holder, would result in such Holder owning more than 4.99% of all common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such issuance; provided, however, that such Holder may increase such amount to 9.99% upon not less than 61 days prior notice to the Company.

 

On June 24, 2016, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain purchasers pursuant to which the Company sold to the purchasers 211 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock at a face value of $10 (whole dollars) per share of Series D Preferred, and Original Issue Discount of 5% and a conversion price into common stock of $2.50 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $2,000 before placement fees and estimated offering expenses. The offering of the Series D Preferred Stock was made under the Company’s Shelf Registration.    

During the Transition Period, holders of this series converted 118 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to 268,192 shares of common stock. During Fiscal 2017, holders converted an additional 31 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to 334,600 shares of common stock.

The Series D Preferred Stock contained beneficial conversion features; a portion was quantifiable at the date of issuance in the amount of $615, which was recognized immediately due to the immediate convertibility of the Series D Preferred Stock and that it had no true redemption date. The additional contingent beneficial conversion feature was quantifiable only at the date of each subsequent conversion. Both beneficial conversion features represent additional value to the holders. As such, they represent a dividend on the Series D Preferred Stock and recorded as a Deemed Dividend. These Deemed Dividends are presented on the Statement of Operations

F-26


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

for purposes of calculation Earnings Per Share only and have no net impact on Shareholders’ Deficit. Deemed Dividends recorded were $2,009 for Fiscal 2017.

On April 5, 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with holders of the Series D Preferred shares to redeem the remaining 62 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and terminate all future conversion rights, in return for $1,500 in cash and 60,000 shares of common stock. Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Company classified the shares as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

Series E Preferred Stock

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561.8 shares of our common stock at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default. A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into our common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. While the Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, except that the Company is permitted to use up to an aggregate of $3,000 of the gross proceeds from any equity offering completed on or before November 15, 2019 for working capital purposes. On January 22, 2019, the Company completed a registered direct offering of our common stock that generated $775 in gross proceeds that are to be used for working capital purposes. On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. Notwithstanding the terms of the certificate of designations for Series E Preferred Stock, Jackson, the holder our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, did not require us to use the proceeds from our recent offerings in excess of $3,000 to redeem outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.  Instead, we used such excess proceeds to make a terminal payment to the sellers of FirstPro in final settlement of all deferred consideration due under our asset purchase agreement with such sellers.

 

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the Company assets legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of common stock or classes and series of securities which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series E Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the stated value of the Series E Preferred Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 5% per annum of the liquidation value of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by us within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of our common stock, and (iii) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by us if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by us on or prior to October 31, 2020. As of December 29, 2018, 7,303,371 shares and 48,795 of common stock were issuable upon the potential conversion of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively. Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Company classified the shares as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

Warrants

On January 26, 2017, the Company issued the Warrant to Jackson which entitled Jackson to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (subject to adjustment). The Warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price was subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Warrant had anti-dilution provisions which provided the holder with additional warrants and adjusted strike price in the event of stock repurchases by the Company or additional shares being issued in connection with the Series D Preferred Shares or Lighthouse promissory notes. As such, the Company has historically classified the Warrant as a liability.

F-27


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

On April 5, 2017, the Company amended the Warrant and entered into a second subordinated secured note with Jackson for $1,650. Under the terms of the amended Warrant, Jackson may purchase up to an additional 275,508 shares of common stock at $5.00 per share. The Warrant was amended to increase the amount of common stock issuable to Jackson pursuant to the anti-dilution clause contained therein, and to adjust the initial exercise price to $5.00 per share. The modification cost associated with this change was not material.

The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. The warrants issued to Jackson were considered to be Level 3 liabilities under ASC 820.  On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a gain from the change in fair value of the warrant liability of $879 and $383 in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively, using Black-Scholes valuation model.

 

In connection with the additional investment from Jackson, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant agreement”) with Jackson.  The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrants to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the Jackson Note.

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company issued 20,000 three-year cashless warrants with an exercise price of $5.00 valued at $28.

Transactions involving the Company’s warrant issuances are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

6,726

 

 

$

97.62

 

Issued

 

 

925,508

 

 

 

5.00

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(6,300

)

 

 

100.00

 

Outstanding at December 30, 2017

 

 

925,934

 

 

$

5.03

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

 

 

925,934

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

The following table summarizes warrants outstanding as of Fiscal 2018:

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Remaining Contractual

 

 

Average

 

 

Exercise Price

 

and Exercisable

 

 

Life (years)

 

 

Exercise price

 

 

$1.66 - $62.50

 

 

925,934

 

 

 

3.09

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

Incentive Plans

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new

F-28


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of Fiscal 2018, all 50,000 shares have been issued.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). This plan has not been approved by our stockholders. Under the 2015 Plan, we may grant a variety of equity instruments to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards under the 2015 Plan (“Awards”). The number of shares available for grant pursuant to Awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an Award is forfeited, canceled, or if any Option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such Award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an Option or that are withheld to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

The Plan will have a term of ten years and no further Awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date.

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The 2016 Plan’s terms and conditions are similar to that of the 2015 Plan. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock will be reserved for issuance under stock, restricted stock and stock option awards.  On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. To date, the Company has issued 641,288 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 608,712 shares remaining under this plan. No stock options were granted in 2018. The fair value of stock options granted in Fiscal 2017 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company used the following assumptions for determining the fair value of options granted under the Black-Scholes option pricing model:

 

Exercise price:

 

$

6.75

 

Market price at date of grant:

 

$

0.62

 

Volatility:

 

99.38%

 

Expected dividend rate:

 

 

 

Expected terms (years):

 

5

 

Risk-free interest rate:

 

1.93%

 

 

A summary of the activity during the Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below:

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

62,760

 

 

$

82.03

 

Granted

 

 

65,700

 

 

 

6.75

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(3,060

)

 

 

82.68

 

Outstanding at December 30, 2017

 

 

125,400

 

 

$

43.98

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(14,000

)

 

 

85.00

 

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

 

 

111,400

 

 

$

28.46

 

 

F-29


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

During the Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company recorded total share-based payment expense of $198 and $389, respectively, in connection with all options outstanding.

The total compensation cost related to options not yet amortized is $106 at Fiscal 2018. The Company will recognize this charge over approximately 3.5 years.

    

2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In May 2016, the Company’s Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 260,000 shares;

 

The award of performance units is permitted;

 

The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018.

Board selected 260,000 shares to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

The estimated fair value of the 2016 LTIP plan based on third party valuation was $136. As of Fiscal 2017, all units had been issued and all compensation expense amortized.  For Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company recorded $0 and $91 in compensation expense, respectively, associated with the 2016 LTIP. All the units under this plan expired on December 31, 2018.

 

2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”).

The Board initially granted 405,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

Units vest upon the following:

 

50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and,

 

50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

Average 2019 Price

Vesting Rate

<$8 per share

0

>$8 per share

Pro-rated

>=$12 per share

Full Vesting

 

A fair valuation of the 2019 LTIP has not been completed; however, it is not expected to be material.

 

 

 

NOTE 12 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Employment Agreements

The Flood Employment Agreement

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement). Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50%

F-30


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock.

The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, the Company may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entityOn January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement remained unchanged.

The Faiman Employment Agreement

On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Faiman Employment Agreement”) with David Faiman. Pursuant to the Faiman Employment Agreement, Mr. Faiman was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016 and was granted an initial base salary of $275 per annum. Mr. Faiman was later appointed Treasurer and Executive Vice President of the Company.

The Faiman Employment Agreement provides for severance payments of continued regular salary through the end of the year in the event of a termination by the Company not for cause or a resignation by the employee for good reason, which includes a change in title, duties, responsibilities or direct report superior. Mr. Faiman’s salary is required to be increased (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment as defined in the Faiman Employment Agreement. In connection with his employment, Mr. Faiman also received a grant of 10,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which fully vested on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards may be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. Mr. Faiman’s annual bonus target is 50% of annual base salary. On January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary to an annualized salary of $320. On January 1, 2019 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Faiman’s employment agreement remained unchanged.

The Lutzo Employment Agreement  

Effective August 10, 2018, Mr. Lutzo is no longer with the Company. As part of his severance, he received severance pay in an amount equal to his annual base salary for six months and for a period of six months following his separation, all health insurance plan benefits which he was entitled to receive prior to the separation date.


The Barker Employment Agreement

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board, but effective as of her appointment as our Chief Operating Officer, she no longer serves as a member of any Board committee and is not considered an independent director. Ms. Barker receives stock compensation for her service as a member of the Board.

Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also entitles her to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in her employment agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without

F-31


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

Earn-out Liabilities and Stock Value Guarantees

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of Control Solutions International, Inc. (“CSI”) on November 4, 2013, the purchase price included monthly cash payments to the former owner and shareholder of CSI for performance-based compensation equal to 20% of CSI’s consolidated gross profit from the date of closing through the end of the sixteenth quarter following the date of closing not to exceed a total of $2,100. During Fiscal 2017, the Company paid $98, towards the earn-out liability. No further payments were due in Fiscal 2018.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of The JM Group on November 5, 2015, the purchase price includes a cash payment to the shareholders for performance-based compensation of (a) £850 if the gross profit for the 12 month period ending on the anniversary date of the date of completion (the “Anniversary TTM Gross Profit”) is equal to 90% or more of the gross profit for the twelve months ending October 31, 2015 (the “Completion TTM Gross Profit”); or (b) if the Anniversary TTM Gross Profit is less than 90% of the Completion TTM Gross Profit, a sum equal to £850 multiplied by the Anniversary TTM Gross Profit/Completion TTM Gross Profit. The Company recorded the maximum contingent liability amount of £850 ($1,180). At December 31, 2016, the remaining balance was $1,026 and was recorded in other current liabilities. While unpaid, the balance accrued interest at 10.25% per annum. The balance was paid in full in January 2017.

Pursuant to the acquisition of CBS Butler Holdings Limited (“CBS Butler”) on September 15, 2017, the purchase price includes an earn-out payment of up to £4,214 (payable in December 2018, based upon CBS Butler’s operating performance during the period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018), and (iv) deferred consideration of £150 less the aggregate amount of each CBS Butler Shareholder’s portion of the net asset shortfall amount, if any, as determined pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Option Purchase Agreement. In September 2018, the Company paid the deferred consideration of £150 ($195). In December 2018, we adjusted the earnout payment to £4,100 due to a decline in CBS Butlers operating performance period from September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018, and this amount remains payable as of December 29, 2018.

Pursuant to the acquisition of FirstPro Inc. (“FirstPro”) on September 15, 2017, the purchase price includes deferred quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and $2,675 is payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. The Company made $300 and $892 in quarterly installments and annual installment in Fiscal 2018. Subsequent to December 29, 2018, the Company paid $1,200 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of Clement May on June 28, 2018, the purchase price includes an earnout payment of up to £500 to be paid on or around December 28, 2019; and deferred consideration of £350, the amount to be calculated and paid pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, on or around June 28, 2019.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of KRI on August 27, 2018, the purchase price includes earnout consideration payable to the seller of $2,027 and $2,027 on August 27, 2019 and August 27, 2020, respectively.  The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. 

Lease Obligations

The Company is party to multiple lease agreements for office space. The agreements require monthly rental payments through September 2027. Total minimum obligations are approximately $1,666, $1,520, $1,311, $515, $296 and $610 for the twelve months ended fiscal 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023 and beyond, respectively. For Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, rent expense amounted to $1,775 and $1,268, respectively.

Legal Proceedings 

NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

On May 22, 2014, NewCSI, Inc. (“NewCSI”), the former owners of Control Solutions International, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, against the Company arising from the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2013 between the Company and NewCSI. NewCSI claims that the Company breached a provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA § 2.7”) that required the Company to calculate and pay to NewCSI 50% of certain “Deferred Tax Assets” within 90 days after December 31, 2013, subject to certain criteria. The Complaint sought payment of the amount allegedly owed under SPA § 2.7 and acceleration of earn-out payments provided for in the Stock Purchase Agreement of $1,400, less amounts paid to date, and attorneys’ fees.

F-32


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

On December 31, 2014, NewCSI filed an amended complaint to which NewCSI added an additional count asserting an “Adjustment Event” had occurred requiring an acceleration of earn-out payments provided for in the CSI Stock Purchase Agreement of $2,100, less amounts paid as of December 31, 2014 totaling $429 (balance of $1,671 at December 31, 2014), should the Company or CSI “be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature.” The Company responded denying the material allegations and interposing numerous affirmative defenses, including that the earn-out liability was fully expensed at the time of the acquisition and fully accrued for on the Company’s balance sheet as part of the purchase accounting at the time of the acquisition. A the trial was held May 18-20, 2015. On May 20, 2015, the jury rendered a verdict, finding that the Company had not complied with SPA § 2.7 and owed $154, but that NewCSI had not proven that the Company or CSI had become unable to pay debts as they came due.

 

On June 3, 2015, NewCSI filed a Motion for Entry of Judgment as Matter of Law seeking entry of a judgment in the amount of $154, plus accelerated earn-out payments in the amount of $1,152, plus statutory interest. NewCSI did not challenge the jury verdict on the ability to pay issue. Also on June 3, 2015, the Company filed a Motion for Entry of Judgment as a Matter of Law seeking entry of judgment against NewCSI on the jury’s finding that the Company had not complied with SPA § 2.7, or, in the alternative, for a reduction of damages to $154 and to hold that NewCSI may not be awarded accelerated earn-out payments as that would result in an illegal penalty.

 

On October 21, 2015, judgment was entered in this action in favor of NewCSI and against the Company in the amount of $1,307, plus pre-judgment interest, post-judgment interest, and costs.

 

On January 26, 2016, the District Court set the bond in respect of the NewCSI litigation at $1,384. The Company has filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (“Appellate Court”) seeking reversal of the judgment and posted a supersedeas bond to stay the execution of the judgment pending appeal. On April 18, 2016, the Court granted the NewCSI shareholders’ request for payment of attorneys’ fees, but reserved judgment on the amount of fees to award pending the outcome of the Company’s appeal. On November 3, 2016, oral arguments for the appeal were heard and on July 26, 2017, the Appellate Court affirmed the trial Court’s decision but left the legal fee award open for determination by further proceedings in the trial court. On August 29, 2017 the surety company released the supersedeas bond to the New CSI shareholders’ counsel, which was amount was approximately $5 less than the judgment amount with accumulated interest. Payment of this remaining balance has been made by the Company.

 

On September 29, 2017 NewCSI filed a Supplemental Motion in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, seeking $629 in attorneys’ fees. The Company opposed this motion but the magistrate judge issued a report and recommendation on November 17, 2017 recommending an award of fees in the amount of $606. The Company filed an objection with the trial judge to the magistrate’s report and recommendation. On May 30, 2018 the trial judge issued an order adopting the report and recommendation of the magistrate judge and awarding NewCSI the amount of $606 in legal fees, plus interest at the statutory rate of 2.27% per annum. The Company paid $606 in full settlement of this matter in June 2018.

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

On November 13, 2015, in a separate proceeding, Staffing 360 initiated an arbitration before JAMS entitled Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., against three officers of Staffing 360, each a former Staffing 360 officer and employee.  In its demand for arbitration and statement of claim, Staffing 360 alleged that these individuals breached their employment agreements with Staffing 360 and the fiduciary duties each owed to the Company.  The three respondents responded with a counterclaim alleging wrongful termination and have moved to dismiss the arbitration, as well as moved for severance in relation to the remainder of their contracts. On July 20, 2016, the arbitrator decided in favor of both of the respondents’ motions.  Further on September 21, 2016 the arbitrator rendered the final award, which was set at $1,433. The former officers brought an action in US District Court in New York City under the caption Dealy et al., v. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., requesting that the Court convert this arbitration award into a judgment. On July 11, 2017, the Court entered an order confirming the arbitrator’s award and granting judgement against the Company. In August 2017, the Company paid $1,582 in full satisfaction of this matter.

Other Matters

On February 17, 2016, a previous law firm filed suit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that the Company owes $759, for legal services rendered. The Company disagreed with the quantity and quality of legal services provided by the firm to the Company. On March 17, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the law firm in the amount of $505 to be paid in equal installments over 24 months beginning April 2016. The final payment was made on March 1, 2018.

 

 

F-33


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

In December 2017, the Company reorganized its operations into three reportable segments: Commercial – US; Professional – US and Professional - UK.

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

107,318

 

 

$

96,399

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

49,752

 

 

 

51,104

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

103,856

 

 

 

45,147

 

Total Revenue

 

$

260,926

 

 

$

192,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

17,496

 

 

$

16,913

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

15,610

 

 

 

10,619

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

15,198

 

 

 

9,209

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

48,304

 

 

$

36,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

(43,579

)

 

$

(32,819

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(3,124

)

 

 

(3,566

)

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,790

)

Operating expenses - restructuring

 

 

57

 

 

 

(780

)

Interest expense

 

 

(8,386

)

 

 

(3,745

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred

   financing costs

 

 

(580

)

 

 

(2,745

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

879

 

 

 

383

 

Re-measurement loss on intercompany note

 

 

(686

)

 

 

-

 

Gain from sale of business

 

 

238

 

 

 

-

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6,132

)

Other expense

 

 

398

 

 

 

(106

)

Loss Before Provision for Income Tax

 

$

(6,479

)

 

$

(17,559

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Fiscal 2018 and  Fiscal 2017, the Company generated revenue in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Fiscal 2017

 

United States

 

$

156,923

 

$

147,373

 

United Kingdom

 

 

103,856

 

 

45,147

 

Canada

 

 

147

 

 

130

 

Total Revenue

 

$

260,926

 

$

192,650

 

 

 

For the period ended Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company has assets in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

United States

 

$

70,267

 

 

$

53,814

 

United Kingdom

 

 

26,047

 

 

 

32,861

 

Canada

 

 

123

 

 

 

73

 

Total Assets

 

$

96,437

 

 

$

86,748

 

 

F-34


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Total assets by segment is not presented as it is not reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in his evaluation of how to allocate capital and resources.

 

For the period ended Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company has goodwill in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

United States

 

$

16,630

 

 

$

13,283

 

United Kingdom

 

 

15,431

 

 

 

13,886

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Goodwill

 

$

32,061

 

 

$

27,169

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 14 – ACQUISITIONS

In accordance with ASC 805, the Company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require the Company to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

On September 15, 2017, Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC (“Staffing Georgia”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Firstpro Inc. (“FPI”), Firstpro Georgia, LLC (“FPL”), and certain individuals, pursuant to which the FPI and FPL sold substantially all of their assets to Staffing Georgia (“Firstpro Acquisition”). The purchase price was $8,000, of which, (a) $4,500 was paid at closing, (b) $825 is payable in quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and (c) $2,675 is payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. The Company made $300 and $892 in quarterly installments and annual installment in Fiscal 2018. Subsequent to December 29, 2018, the Company paid $1,200 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability.

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company and Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited (“Longbridge”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an agreement (“Share Purchase Agreement”) with the holders of share capital of CBS Butler Holdings Limited (“CBS Butler”) and an agreement (“Option Purchase Agreement”) with the holders of outstanding options of CBS Butler, pursuant to which the holders of the share capital of CBS Butler and holders of outstanding options of CBS Butler sold all of their shares and options of CBS Butler to Longbridge (the “CBS Butler Acquisition”), in exchange for (i) an aggregate cash payment of £13,810, (ii) an aggregate of 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £4,214 (payable in December 2018 based upon CBS Butler’s operating performance during the period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018), and (iv) deferred consideration of £150 less the aggregate amount of each CBS Butler Shareholder’s portion of the net asset shortfall amount, if any, as determined pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement and the Option Purchase Agreement. In September 2018, the Company paid the deferred consideration of £150 ($195). In December 2018, we adjusted the earnout payment to £4,100 due to a decline in CBS Butlers operating performance period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018, and this amount remains payable as of December 29, 2018.

 

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a whollyowned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc.

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”). The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on

F-35


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

August 27, 2020.  The payment of the Earnout Consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.

To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company.

 

In connection with the acquisition of KRI and Clement May, the Company recorded the following intangible assets, based on valuation performed.

 

KRI

 

 

Clement May

 

Goodwill

$

3,347

 

 

$

1,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

1,000

 

 

 

470

 

Non-compete

-

 

 

273

 

Customer Relationships

 

6,400

 

 

451

 

 

$

7,400

 

 

$

1,194

 

 

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition:

 

 

 

KRI

 

 

Clement May

 

Purchase price

 

$

11,537

 

 

$

3,543

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

(790

)

 

 

(804

)

Intangibles

 

 

(7,400

)

 

 

(1,194

)

Goodwill

 

$

3,347

 

 

$

1,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill of Clement May is included in the Company’s Professional-UK reportable segment. Goodwill of KRI is included in the Company’s Professional-US reportable segment.

 

Identified intangible assets for Clement May are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 8.4 years. The Company acquired a total of $14,305 in receivables and fair value of these receivables equals the contract value; and recorded contingent consideration associated with Clement May of £850 ($1,122).

 

Identified intangible assets of KRI are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 10 years. The Company acquired a total of $2,531 in receivables and fair value of these receivables equals the contract value; and recorded contingent consideration associated with KRI of $3,427, net of discounting.

In Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded a total of $105 and $35 in third party expenses associated with consummating the Clement May and KRI acquisitions, respectively, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization stated on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In Fiscal 2017, the Company recorded a total of $469 in third party expenses associated with consummating the CBS Butler and Firstpro acquisitions, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization stated on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operation have been prepared, as if the acquisition of FirstPro and CBS Butler had occurred as of June 1, 2016, and acquisition of KRI and Clement May occurred on January 1, 2017.

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Revenues

$

308,093

 

 

$

323,044

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

(6,189

)

 

 

(16,102

)

Weighted average number of common stock shares - basic and diluted

 

4,378,447

 

 

 

3,412,426

 

Net loss per share from continuing operations

$

(1.41

)

 

$

(4.72

)

F-36


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

The Company recorded revenues of $42,060 from the acquisitions completed during Fiscal 2018.

 

 

NOTE 15 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the Series A Preferred Shares and notes and warrants issued to Jackson, the following are other related party transactions:

Board and Committee Members

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

Dimitri Villard

$

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

68

 

Jeff Grout

 

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

70

 

Nick Florio

 

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

69

 

Alicia Barker

 

19

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

244

 

 

 

21,000

 

 

$

43

 

 

$

208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

Dimitri Villard

$

69

 

 

 

16,300

 

 

$

66

 

 

$

75

 

Jeff Grout

 

69

 

 

 

16,300

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

75

 

Nick Florio

 

69

 

 

 

16,500

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

74

 

 

$

207

 

 

 

49,100

 

 

$

199

 

 

$

224

 

The Briand Separation Agreement                          Company’s former employee, board member and officer resigned from his positions with the Company and subsidiaries. The Company entered into an agreement (the “Briand Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Briand dated December 21, 2017, with an effective date (“Separation Date”) of January 31, 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Briand may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, through the effective date. The Company paid $690 in Fiscal 2018 to Mr. Briand as part of this separation agreement. The accrued balance due to Mr. Briand as of December 29, 2018 is $201.

Appointment of Officers

On March 28, 2018, the Company appointed Alicia Barker to fill the Class II director vacancy created by the departure of Mr. Briand earlier this year, such appointment was effective April 1, 2018. Ms. Barker joined the company’s board of directors as an independent director and serves on the Board’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Effective July 1, 2018, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Barker will continue as a member of the Company’s board of directors, but effective with her appointment will no longer be a member of any Board committee, nor an independent member of the Board, bringing the number of independent directors to three of five Board members.

 

 

 

F-37


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 16 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

6,657

 

 

$

1,861

 

Income taxes

 

 

268

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued for purchase consideration

 

$

21

 

 

$

430

 

Deferred purchase price of UK factoring facility

 

 

12,586

 

 

 

-

 

Deemed dividend

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,009

 

Warrants adjustments in connection with Jackson term loan

 

 

682

 

 

 

1,426

 

Shares issued in connection with convertible note

 

 

-

 

 

 

498

 

Shares issued in connection with Jackson term loan

 

 

899

 

 

 

2,527

 

Shares issued in connection with Series D redemption

 

 

-

 

 

 

208

 

Settlement of litigation (payment with surety bond)

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,305

 

 

 

NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES

The components of loss before provision for income taxes for Fiscal 2017 and Fiscal 2018, are as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Domestic

 

$

(4,840

)

 

$

(17,667

)

Foreign

 

 

(1,639

)

 

 

108

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(6,479

)

 

$

(17,559

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

152

 

State

 

 

60

 

 

 

250

 

Foreign

 

 

39

 

 

 

62

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

99

 

 

 

464

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

35

 

 

 

41

 

State

 

 

11

 

 

 

8

 

Foreign

 

 

(123

)

 

 

419

 

Total deferred tax expense

 

 

(77

)

 

 

468

 

Total Tax Expense

 

$

22

 

 

$

932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-38


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The difference between the income tax provision on income (loss) and the amount computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate is due to:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Income benefit provision at Federal statutory rate

 

$

(1,360

)

 

 

21.0

%

 

$

(5,953

)

 

 

34.0

%

State income taxes, net of Federal Benefit

 

 

244

 

 

 

(3.77

%)

 

 

(383

)

 

 

2.2

%

International tax rate differentials

 

 

348

 

 

 

(5.37

%)

 

 

231

 

 

 

(1.3

%)

U.S. Permanent differences

 

 

111

 

 

 

(1.71

%)

 

 

142

 

 

 

(0.8

%)

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

1,628

 

 

 

(903.0

%)

Other True-Ups

 

 

514

 

 

 

(7.94

%)

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

(5.9

%)

Impact of Federal Rate change

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

3,665

 

 

 

(20.9

%)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

165

 

 

 

(2.56

%)

 

 

567

 

 

 

(3.3

%)

Tax provision

 

$

22

 

 

 

(0.35

%)

 

$

932

 

 

 

(5.3

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code which includes a reduction of the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, generally eliminates U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries, imposes a new minimum tax on global intangible low taxed income (“GILTI”), limits the amount of deductible interest expense, and imposes new limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation.

 

Shortly after the Tax Act was enacted, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 18), which provides guidance on accounting for the Tax Act’s impact. SAB 18 provides a measurement period, which in no case should extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date, during which a company acting in god faith may complete the accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act under ASC Topic 740. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company must reflect the income tax effects of the Tax Act in the reporting period in which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is complete.

 

As of  December 29, 2018, in accordance with SAB 118, the Company has completed its accounting for all the enactment-date income tax effects of the tax act including the  tax effects of the one-time transition tax imposed by the Tax Act. Based on the company's evaluation, the one-time transition tax was fully offset by one hundred percent by $1,649 of net operating losses.

 

Effective for the year ended December 29, 2018, the Tax Act resulted in a new limitation on interest expense under IRC Section 163(j).  New IRC Section 163(j) limits the Company’s annual deduction of interest expense to the sum of business interest income and 30 percent of the adjusted taxable income of the Company. The limitation for the year ended December 29, 2018 resulted in disallowed interest of $5,393, which can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

The Company has not provided for additional income or withholding taxes for any undistributed foreign earnings, including those subject to the one-time transition tax nor have any taxes been provided for the outside basis difference inherent in these entities as the Company’s assertion is to indefinitely reinvest in foreign operations. Additionally, due to withholding tax, basis computations, and other related tax considerations, it is not practicable to estimate any taxes to be provided on outside basis differences at this time.

 

F-39


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Our deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

$

5,393

 

 

$

7,103

 

Tax credit, deduction and capital loss carryforward

 

 

2,504

 

 

 

764

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

687

 

 

 

862

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

660

 

 

 

1,234

 

Interest limitation and carryforward

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

-

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

615

 

 

 

812

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

11,014

 

 

 

10,775

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(9,619

)

 

 

(9,424

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

1,395

 

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,461

 

 

 

1,443

 

Basis differences in acquired intangibles

 

 

1,852

 

 

 

1,807

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

3,313

 

 

 

3,250

 

Deferred tax liability

 

$

(1,918

)

 

$

(1,899

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, the Company has federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $15,264 and $23,743 that begin to expire in 2029. As of November 15, the company had a change in ownership under Section 382 which limits the amount of useable NOLs going forward. As such, the company reduced the Federal NOL available by $6,447. As of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the Company has state operating losses of $34,130 and $30,332 that begin to expire in 2030, and foreign NOLs totaling $2,379 and $2,958 with an indefinite life.  As of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the Company also has capital loss carryforward of $9,554 and $2,024 which, if unused, will begin to expire in 2019 and a general business credit carryforward of $248 and $228.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carryforwards can be utilized.  We consider the level of historical taxable income, scheduled reversal of temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and projected future taxable income in determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted.

 

During Fiscal 2018, the Company maintained a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $195 during Fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to the adjustment of certain deferred balances.

 

During 2018, we maintained our federal and state tax attributes for unrecognized tax benefits related primarily to the treatment of stock compensation and stock options. If recognized, $670 of the unrecognized tax benefits are likely to attract a full valuation allowance, thereby offsetting the favorable impact to the effective rate.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1,136

 

 

$

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

 

 

1,136

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(466

)

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

670

 

 

$

1,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits with respect to our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease in the next 12 months. These changes may be the result of, among other things, method changes. However, quantification of an estimated range cannot be made at this time.  The Company has accrued zero interest and penalties as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

 

F-40


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files its tax returns in the U.S., United Kingdom, Canada and certain state tax jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The Company’s has no tax years under examination at this time. Additional years may be open to the extent attributes are being carried forward to an open year.

 

 

 

 

 

F-41


 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” and “internal control over financial reporting” as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted to the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and financial officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

During Fiscal 2017, management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting pertaining to the accounting for complex debt and equity instruments. The control deficiency created a possibility that a material misstatement to our consolidated financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, and therefore we concluded that the deficiency represented a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting for debt and equity instruments was not effective as of December 30, 2017.

Throughout Fiscal 2018, management conducted a remediation plan to address the material weakness noted above. The plan included seeking accounting consultation from third party advisors proactively, when necessary, and the on-going professional development of our accounting personnel, specifically as it relates to the accounting for complex debt and equity transactions.  Through effective implementation of the Company’s remediation plan, the Company has strengthened its internal control environment and has addressed the material weakness that was identified in Fiscal 2017.  

Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report (“Evaluation Date”), pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were operating effectively.

Management believes that the consolidated financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition as of the Evaluation Date, and results of its operations and cash flows for the Evaluation Date, in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that

 

a)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

b)

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

c)

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

35


 

Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.      

A system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system of controls are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected. Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.

Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except as noted above regarding the implementation of a remediation plan for the material weakness identified in Fiscal 2017, no change in our system of internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

 

 

 

36


 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Board Composition

Our board of directors (the “Board”) consists of five directors as follows:  

Class I: Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio;

Class II: Jeff Grout and Alicia Barker; and

Non-Classified: Brendan Flood.

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the Board is divided into Class I and Class II directors, and any directors not classified are non-classified directors. Each Class I director seat is up for election at the annual meeting of stockholders occurring in calendar year 2019 and every two years thereafter, each Class II director seat is up for election at the annual meeting of stockholders occurring in calendar year 2020 and every two years thereafter, and any non-classified directors are up for election at every annual meeting of stockholders and, in each case, until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. Our shareholders approved the appointment of our four directors at our annual shareholder meeting on May 30, 2018.  

Executive Officers and Directors

The name, age and position of our executive officers and directors are set forth below.

 

Name and Address

 

Age

 

Positions

Brendan Flood

 

54

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

David Faiman

 

46

 

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer

Alicia Barker

 

48

 

Chief Operating Officer and Director

Dimitri Villard

 

77

 

Director

Jeff Grout

 

66

 

Director

Nicholas Florio

 

55

 

Director

 

Brendan Flood, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Flood has been the Chairman or Executive Chairman and a Director of the Company since January 7, 2014. He assumed the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) on December 19, 2017 and has been in the staffing industry for 20 years. Mr. Flood joined the company upon the sale of his business, Initio International Holdings (“Initio”), on January 3, 2014, where he was the Chairman and CEO, to the Company. He acquired Initio as part of a management buy-out, which he led, in January 2010. Prior to Initio, Mr. Flood worked in several staffing companies including Hudson Global Resources Inc. which he brought to the Nasdaq National Market on April 1, 2003, as a spin-off from Monsterworldwide Inc. His experience while at Monsterworldwide included numerous M&A transactions, operational management in both London and New York, and various senior financial roles. Mr. Flood graduated from Dublin City University in Ireland with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Accounting and Finance. Mr. Flood's strong financial background and years of experience at major staffing firms like Monsterworldwide and Hudson Global Resources qualifies him to be the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a director given the Company’s core business in the staffing industry. On December 22, 2017, in connection with the realignment of the Company into three operating segments: Professional Staffing (US), Professional Staffing (UK), and Commercial Staffing, the Company announced the departure of Matthew Briand, the Company’s former CEO, from the company effective as of January 31, 2018, and the appointment by the Independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company of Mr. Flood to serve as CEO and President of the Company. Mr. Flood will also continue his role as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

David Faiman, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Treasurer. Mr. Faiman has served as the Chief Financial Officer since March 1, 2016 and was later appointed Treasurer and Executive Vice President. Mr. Faiman has over 20 years of finance and accounting experience at both private and public companies, bringing a high degree of knowledge and proficiency to his role as Chief Financial Officer. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. Faiman was Vice President of Financial Planning & Analysis as well as Chief Accounting Officer of Novitex Enterprise Solutions, Inc. (“Novitex”), a leading provider of solutions in the document outsourcing industry and which is owned by the private equity firm Apollo Global Management, LLC. Prior to Novitex, Mr. Faiman served in various senior financial roles, including acting Chief Financial Officer, during his almost 10-year tenure from 2004 to 2013 at Cengage Learning, Inc. (formerly Thomson Learning of Thomson Reuters). During this time, Mr. Faiman was part of the management team responsible for the coordination of a multi-billion private equity buyout of Cengage Learning by Apax Partners LLP, a private equity firm. Mr. Faiman began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in its Assurance and Business Advisory practice. Mr. Faiman is a Certified Public Accountant and graduated summa cum laude with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Connecticut.  

37


 

Alicia Barker, Chief Operating Officer, and Director. The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker is also a member of the Board. Ms. Barker, brings over two decades of extensive human resources expertise to her new role. Since 2016, she has served as Principal of Act II Consulting, which provides human resources consulting and professional coaching services to individuals and corporations. Ms. Barker previously served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources at Barker, a full-service advertising agency where she led talent procurement and executive development. She also served on the executive team as Vice President, Human Resources at Hudson North America, a global talent solutions company, as Vice President, Human Resources, at Grey Group, a global advertising and marketing agency, and before that, as Human Resources Director at Icon/Nicholson, which designs, develops, and produces prepackaged computer software. Over the past several years, Ms. Barker has held positions on not for profit boards in her local community.

Dimitri VillardDirector. Dimitri Villard has been a Director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Villard was Chairman and CEO of Peer Media Technologies, Inc., a public company Internet technology business, from February 2009 to December 2012. Peer Media Technologies, Inc. changed its name from ARTISTdirect, Inc. in May 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Villard served as Interim CEO since March 6, 2008 and as a Director since January 2005 until 2012. Mr. Villard has also served as President and a Director of Pivotal BioSciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, from September 1998 to August 2018. In addition, since January 1982 to present, he has served as President and Director of Byzantine Productions, Inc. Previously, Mr. Villard was a Director at the investment banking firm of SG Cowen and affiliated entities, a position he held from January 1997 to July 1999. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Villard served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Dax Solutions, Inc., an entertainment industry digital asset management venture, and from July 2012 until September 2013, was a member of the Board of Directors of The Grilled Cheese Truck Company, a public company. He is also a member of the Executive Committee of the Los Angeles chapter of the Tech Coast Angels, a private venture capital group. Mr. Villard received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University and a Master of Science degree from China International Medical University. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and also serves on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Villard's experience as an officer and/or director of several public companies, as well as an investment banker, qualifies him to be a Director of the Company.

Jeff Grout, Director. Jeff Grout has been a Director of the Company since February 2014. He is a successful business speaker, consultant and coach. His clients include Amazon, Deloitte, LinkedIn, British Airways, Barclays, Ernst & Young, Virgin, etc. Listed in the '100 Best Business Speakers in Britain', Jeff Grout is in considerable demand as a motivational business speaker, conference chairman and interviewer. Formerly U.K. Managing Director of Robert Half International, a leading international recruitment consultancy, and Business Manager to Sir Clive Woodward, Head Coach of the England Rugby Team, Mr. Grout is now an independent business consultant specializing in leadership, people management, team building, peak performance, recruitment and retention issues. He has spoken at Henley Business School, Ashridge Management College, Cardiff Business School and the Danish Centre for Leadership. He holds several corporate advisory and executive coaching appointments and is also a successful business author. Jeff has written books on leadership, recruitment, career success, the psychology of peak performance and his police detective father's first murder case. His eighth book entitled “What You Need to Know about Leadership” was published in May 2011. Mr. Grout holds a Bachelor of Science (Economics) Degree from the London School of Economics and Political Science. Mr. Grout brings valuable operational experience within the staffing industry having grown the U.K. business of Robert Half International from $1 million to $100 million in sales and from 12 to 365 employees. He also identified and integrated several acquisitions of staffing businesses in the U.K. and continental Europe. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Grout's extensive staffing industry experience, including his role as former Managing Director of Robert Half International, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

Nicholas Florio, Director. Nicholas Florio has been a Director of the Company since May 2014. Mr. Florio provides business consulting and financial advice to a variety of closely held private businesses. He is an audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP (“Citrin Cooperman”) based in the firm’s New York City office. Mr. Florio has been with Citrin Cooperman for over 23 years. With over 25 years of experience in the staffing and employment arena, Mr. Florio serves as the Practice Leader of the firm's Employment and staffing area. Mr. Florio's experience in this area includes providing advice on corporate structuring; design of stock incentive and deferred compensation plans; merger and acquisition due diligence and consulting; among general business and tax advice. He is also a current member of the Board of Directors of both the New York Staffing Association (“NYSA”) and New Jersey Staffing Association (“NJSA”) and has been the President of the Industry Partner Group of NYSA for over 15 years. Mr. Florio is also a long-standing member of the Citrin Cooperman’s Executive Committee. A graduate of Pace University, Mr. Florio is a member of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants as well as the American Institute of CPAs. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. Mr. Florio's acute knowledge of financial and accounting matters, with an emphasis in the staffing industry through his role as audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

38


 

Director Independence

Our Board has reviewed the materiality of any relationship that each of our directors has with us, either directly or indirectly. Based on this review, the Board has determined that the following directors are “independent directors” as defined by Nasdaq and SEC rules: Dimitri Villard, Jeff Grout and Nicholas Florio.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

The Board convened twelve times during Fiscal 2018. Each director attended at least 90% of the total number of meetings of the Board. Directors are encouraged, but are not required, to attend our annual meeting of stockholders. At the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders on May 30, 2018, all directors were in attendance.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board currently has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, each of which is described below. All standing committees operate under a charter that has been approved by the Board. Copies of the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee can be found on our Internet site www.staffing360solutions.com.

Audit Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated an Audit Committee in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act (the “Audit Committee”). The Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Nicholas Florio (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Jeff Grout. All members of our audit committee are independent as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, and the Board has determined that Mr. Nicholas Florio is the qualified financial expert (see credentials listed above). The Audit Committee formally met eight times during Fiscal 2018. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of: (1) the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting and systems of internal accounting control, (2) the independence, qualifications and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Our Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

Appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting). In this regard, the Audit Committee shall appoint and retain, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, compensate, evaluate and terminate, when appropriate, the independent auditor, which shall report directly to the Audit Committee.

 

Pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor and establish policies and procedures for the engagement of the independent auditor to provide auditing and permitted nonaudit services.

 

Review the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Also included in such review shall be significant issues and judgments regarding accounting and auditing principles and practices, and the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives on the Company’s financial statements. The Committee shall recommend to the board whether the financial statements should be included in the Form 10-K.

 

Review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the Company’s quarterly financial statements prior to filing the Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent auditor’s review of them and the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Review and discuss with management the Company’s quarterly earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding the Company’s results of operations.

 

Prepare any report required to be prepared by it for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement under SEC rules and regulations.

 

Review and approve all related party transactions.

 

Review major changes to the Company’s accounting and auditing principles and practices as suggested by management or the independent auditor.

39


 

 

Meet periodically with management to review the Company’s major financial and business risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies.

 

Oversee any internal audit functions of the Company.

 

Obtain and review, at least annually, a report by the independent auditor describing the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the independent auditor, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues.

 

Consider, at least annually, the independence of the independent auditor, and receive from and discuss with the independent auditor the auditor’s report regarding its independence, setting forth all relationships between the auditor and the Company. The Audit Committee shall actively engage in a dialogue with the auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the auditor and for taking, or recommending that the full Board take, appropriate action to oversee the independence of the outside auditor.

 

Meet with the independent auditor prior to the audit to review the scope and planning of the audit.

 

Review with the independent auditor the results of the annual audit examination, and any issues the auditor may have encountered in the course of its audit work and management’s response. This review should include, among other things, any management letter, any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information.

 

Discuss with management the Company’s earnings releases and corporate policies with respect to releases and financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies.

 

Receive reports from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management regarding, and review the adequacy and effectiveness of, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting and significant changes in such controls reported to the Audit Committee by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm or management.

 

Receive reports from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management regarding, and review the adequacy and effectiveness of, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.

 

Ensure the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law.

 

Review candidates for the positions of chief financial officer and controller of the Company.

 

Establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

Establish policies for hiring employees and former employees of the independent auditor.

 

Advise the Board with respect to the Company’s policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations and with the Company’s policies for Code of Ethical Conduct.

 

Review with the Company’s counsel and independent registered public accounting firm (1) legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements, (2) any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls, (3) compliance policies, and (4) any material reports or inquires received from regulators, governmental agencies or employees that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements and accounting or compliance policies.

 

Review the Audit Committee Charter annually and recommend any changes for approval by the Board.

 

Review the Audit Committee’s own performance annually.

40


 

 

Consider such other matters in relation to the financial affairs of the Company, its accounts and the independent audit of the Company, as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine to be advisable.

Compensation and Human Resources Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated a Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Compensation and Human Resources Committee”). Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee is composed of Messrs. Jeff Grout (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio. Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the Board who shall also satisfy such other criteria imposed on members of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee pursuant to the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. With regards to the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the term “independent” refers to a member of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee who (i) meets the definition of “independence” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, (ii) is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and (iii) is an “outside director” under the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee formally met twice during Fiscal 2018.

Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

Determine, in executive session at which none of: (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”); (ii) the Executive Chairman of the Company, if a person is acting in the capacity of Executive Chairman (the “Executive Chairman”) or (iii) the Vice Chairman of the Company (the “Vice Chairman”) are present and voting, the compensation for, respectively, the CEO, Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman, in each case with reference to applicable employment or similar agreements and utilizing such customary factors that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

 

Review and determine the compensation of the executive officers of the Company other than the CEO and the Executive Chairman with reference to applicable employment or similar agreements and based upon the recommendations of the CEO and Executive Chairman and such other customary factors that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

 

Recommend awards and/or bonuses to be granted to executive officers of the Company under the Company’s equity plans and other compensation or benefit plans or policies as approved by the Board or the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

 

Approve the overall amount or percentage of plan and/or bonus awards to be granted to all Company employees and delegate to the Company’s executive management the right and power to specifically grant such awards to each Company employee within the aggregate limits and parameters set by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

 

Review and evaluate the performance of the other executive officers of the Company.

 

Review and approve the design of other benefit plans pertaining to executives and employees of the Company.

 

Approve such reports on compensation as are necessary for filing with the SEC and other government bodies.

 

Review, recommend to the Board, and administer all plans that require “disinterested administration” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Approve the amendment or modification of any compensation or benefit plan pertaining to executives or employees of the Company that does not require stockholder approval.

 

Review and recommend to the Board the adoption of or changes to the compensation of the Company’s independent directors.

 

Retain outside consultants and obtain assistance from members of management as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems appropriate in the exercise of its authority.

 

Make reports and recommendations to the Board within the scope of its functions and advise the officers of the Company regarding various personnel matters.

41


 

 

Approve all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for the Company’s executive officers and employees.

 

Review the form, terms and provisions of employment and similar agreements with the Company’s executive officers and any amendments thereto.

 

To the extent the same has been adopted, review, at least annually, the compensation philosophy of the Company.

 

Review the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s own performance annually.

 

Review the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s Charter annually and recommend any changes thereto to the Board.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) was formed on April 30, 2014. The committee is composed of Messrs. Dimitri Villard (Chairman), Nicholas Florio and Jeff Grout. The committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the board of directors as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. All current members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent within this definition.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing our corporate governance policies and with proposing potential director nominees to the Board for consideration. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee formally met three times during Fiscal 2018. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director nominees recommended by security holders. To recommend a nominee please write to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee c/o Dimitri Villard, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, New York 10022.

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

Nomination Matters:

 

 

Recommend to the Board candidates for election or reelection to the Board at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company or any other meeting of Company stockholders where the election of a class of directors is to be considered. Nominees for director shall be selected on the basis of experience, integrity, ability to make independent analytical inquiries, understanding of the Company’s business environment, willingness to devote adequate time to Board duties and such other specific criteria as may be established by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee from time to time. In establishing these criteria, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall make every effort to ensure that the Board and its Committees include at least the required number of independent directors, as that term is defined by applicable standards promulgated by Nasdaq and by the SEC.

 

Recommend to the Board candidates for election by the Board to fill vacancies occurring on the Board.

 

Consider stockholders’ nominees in accordance with applicable rules and regulations and develop procedures regarding the nomination process as required by the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq.

 

Make recommendations to the Board concerning the selection criteria to be used by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in seeking nominees for election to the Board.

 

Aid in attracting qualified candidates to serve on the Board and interview and otherwise assist in the screening of such candidates.

 

Evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the structure, composition and functioning of the Board and all Board committees.

Corporate Governance Matters:

 

Develop and recommend to the Board from time to time corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall, from time to time as it deems appropriate, review and reassess the adequacy of such guidelines and recommend and propose changes to the Board for approval.

 

Review any issues relating to conflicts of interests and (in conjunction with the Audit Committee of the Board as necessary or appropriate) all related party transactions in accordance with SEC and Nasdaq requirements, and report the same to the Board.

42


 

 

Review and recommend changes to Board meeting procedures.

 

Monitor any requests made by the directors to engage outside advisors with respect to corporate governance issues, at the Company’s expense.

 

Review and recommend retirement policies for Company directors as may be adopted from time to time.

 

Review any outside directorships in other public companies held by senior company officials.

 

Periodically receive and consider recommendations from the Company’s Executive Chairman regarding succession of the Executive Chairman and other senior officer levels.

 

Make reports and recommendations to the Board within the scope of its functions.

 

Review the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter from time to time and recommend any changes thereto to the Board.

Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Based solely upon a review of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and amendments thereto furnished to the Company during Fiscal 2018, we believe that all directors, officers and persons beneficially owning greater than 10% of the Company’s equity securities timely filed reports required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during Fiscal 2018.

The number of Forms 3, 4 and 5 and the number of transaction that were not filed timely are as follows:  Alicia Barker (1 form).

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or any of our directors.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a code of ethics that applies to our executive officers, Directors and employees and our subsidiaries. Our code of ethics is posted to our web site at www.staffing360solutions.com. We will disclose any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of the code of ethics, if they occur, in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our named executive officers for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017. Individuals we refer to as our “named executive officers” include our CEO and our most highly compensated executive officers whose salary and bonus for services rendered in all capacities exceeded $100,000 during the Fiscal 2018.

All amounts presented in Item 11 are in whole dollar amounts. All compensation amounts presented in British pounds have been translated using the foreign currency average exchange rates, unless otherwise indicated. All share numbers have been adjusted for the one-for-five reverse stock split effective January 3, 2018.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards (1)

($)

 

 

Option

Awards (2)

($)

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive

Plan

Compensation

($)

 

 

Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings

($)

 

 

All

Other

Compensation (3)

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Brendan Flood

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

373,521

 

 

 

183,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,859

 

 

 

590,019

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

354,615

 

 

 

177,308

 

 

 

354,375

 

 

 

18,896

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,925

 

 

 

935,119

 

David Faiman

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

321,596

 

 

 

133,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,420

 

 

 

466,879

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

280,225

 

 

 

140,113

 

 

 

197,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,532

 

 

 

629,370

 

Alicia Barker

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

107,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,503

 

 

 

189,558

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher Lutzo

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

226,187

 

 

 

28,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,722

 

 

 

262,149

 

General Counsel (4)

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

196,130

 

 

 

82,500

 

 

 

74,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,047

 

 

 

358,177

 

 

43


 

(1)

Represents the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of stock awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference herein.

(2)

Represents the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The Company has issued restricted shares to employees and board and committee members under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under these plans, the restricted shares vest at the end of a period of three years.  The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of option awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference herein.

(3)

The column “All Other Compensation” includes car allowance, 401K match, pensions and life and insurance premiums.

(4)

Mr. Lutzo’s employment with the company ceased as of August 10, 2018.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 29, 2018

Name

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable

 

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable

 

 

Equity incentive plan awards; Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options (#)

 

 

Option Exercise Price ($)

 

 

Option Expiration Date

 

 

Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested (#)

 

 

Market value of shares or units of stock that have not vested ($)

 

 

Equity incentive plan awards; Number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#)

 

 

Equity incentive plan awards: Market or payout value of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested ($)

 

 

 

Option awards

 

 

Stock awards

 

Brendan Flood (1)

 

 

6,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,600

 

 

$

100.00

 

 

01/07/2024

 

 

 

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brendan Flood (2)

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

50.00

 

 

03/01/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brendan Flood (3)

 

 

9,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,600

 

 

 

6.75

 

 

02/28/2027

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brendan Flood (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

139,561

 

 

 

209,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Faiman (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,000

 

 

 

93,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alicia Barker (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher Lutzo (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

22,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

These options were issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years

 

(2)

These options were issued pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years

 

(3)

These options were issued pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years

 

(4)

Mr. Flood was issued an aggregate of 139,561 shares of restricted stock in 2016 and 2017 that remain unvested. These restricted shares will vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date.

 

(5)

Mr. Faiman was issued 72,000 shares of restricted stock in 2016 and 2017 for services to the Company, 62,000 shares remain unvested at December 29, 2019. These restricted shares will vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date.

 

(6)

Pursuant to the Barker Employment Agreement, Ms. Barker received a grant of 40,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which vest as follows: (i) 20,000 shares on July 1, 2019, and (ii) 20,000 shares on July 1, 2020.

 

(7)

Pursuant to the Lutzo Employment Agreement, Mr. Lutzo received a grant of 10,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which vest as follows: (i) 5,000 shares on the first-year anniversary of Mr. Lutzo’s employment start date, and (ii) 5,000 shares on the second anniversary. As of the date of this prospectus, 5,000 restricted shares had vested. Mr. Lutzo also received an additional 10,000 shares of restricted stock in 2017 that will vest in full on the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Employment Agreements

The Flood Employment Agreement

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as

44


 

Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192,000 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement). Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400,000. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock.

The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, the Company may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entityOn January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and he assumed the roles of Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. On January 1, 2018, the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement remained unchanged.

The Faiman Employment Agreement

On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Faiman Employment Agreement”) with David Faiman. Pursuant to the Faiman Employment Agreement, Mr. Faiman was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016 and was granted an initial base salary of $275,000 per annum. Mr. Faiman was later appointed Treasurer and Executive Vice President of the Company.

The Faiman Employment Agreement provides for severance payments of continued regular salary through the end of the year in the event of a termination by the Company not for cause or a resignation by the employee for good reason, which includes a change in title, duties, responsibilities or direct report superior. Mr. Faiman’s salary is required to be increased (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment as defined in the Faiman Employment Agreement. In connection with his employment, Mr. Faiman also received a grant of 10,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which fully vested on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards may be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. Mr. Faiman’s annual bonus target is 50% of annual base salary. On January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary to an annualized salary of $320,000. On January 1, 2019 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Faiman’s employment agreement remained unchanged.

The Lutzo Employment Agreement

Effective August 10, 2018, Mr. Lutzo is no longer with the Company. As part of his severance, he received severance pay in an amount equal to his annual base salary for six months and for a period of six months following his separation, all health insurance plan benefits which he was entitled to receive prior to the separation date.

The Barker Employment Agreement

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board, but effective as of her appointment as our Chief Operating Officer, she no longer serves as a member of any Board committee and is not considered an independent director. Ms. Barker does not receive any compensation for her service as a member of the Board.

Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250,000 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also entitles her to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in her employment agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base

45


 

salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date.

Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

Compensation of Directors

Name

 

Fiscal Year

 

Fees earned

or paid in cash ($)

 

 

Stock awards (1)

 

 

Option

Awards ($) (1)

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

 

 

Change in

Pension Value

and Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings

 

 

All Other

Compensation

 

 

Total ($)

 

Brendan Flood (2)

 

Fiscal 2018

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Dimitri Villard (3)

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

12,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,152

 

Jeff Grout (3)

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

12,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,152

 

Nicholas Florio (4)

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

12,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,152

 

Alicia Barker (6)

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

18,750

 

 

 

7,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,974

 

 

(1)

The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The Company has issued these shares under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, whereby these shares vest after three years from issuance. A nonemployee who sits on the Board and is compensated by the Company solely for the individual’s role as a Director will be treated as an employee under ASC 718.

(2)

Brendan Flood. Mr. Flood is our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Flood does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a member of the Board. For information concerning Mr. Flood’s compensation as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, please see “—Summary Compensation Table” herein.

(3)

Dimitri Villard. In May 2014, Mr. Villard was named the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and was named as a member of the Audit Committee and of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Villard receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments $6,250. In addition, for his services, Mr. Villard receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2018, Mr. Villard received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $12,152 for his services as a Board and Committee member.

(4)

Jeff Grout. In February 2014, Mr. Grout was named the Chairman of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and was also named as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In June 2015, Mr. Grout was also named as a member of the Audit Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Grout receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. In addition, for his service, Mr. Grout receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2018 Mr. Grout received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $12,152 for his service as a Board and Committee member.

(5)

Nicholas Florio. In May 2014, Mr. Florio was named the Chairman of the Audit Committee and was also named as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Florio receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. At the request of Mr. Florio, all cash payments, common stock issuances and stock option issuances have been made in the name of Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP. In addition, for his service, Mr. Florio receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2018, Mr. Florio received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $12,152 for his services as a Board and Committee member.

(6)

Alicia Barker. On March 28, 2018, the board of directors of the Company appointed Alicia Barker to fill the Class II director vacancy created by the departure of Matt Briand in January 2018, such appointment was effective April 1, 2018. Between April 1, 2018 and July 1, 2018, Ms. Barker joined the Board as an independent director and served on the Board’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018 after which Ms. Barker continued as a member of the Board, however not as an independent director. As a non-independent director, Ms. Barker is not entitled to any additional compensation for services as a director. For information concerning Ms. Barker’s compensation as our Chief Operating Officer, please see “—Summary Compensation Table” herein.

46


 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 22, 2019 for: (i) each of our directors; (ii) each of our executive officers; (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) all persons, to our knowledge, are the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities.

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe each person named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite such person’s name. Percentage ownership is based on 8,234,348 shares of common stock outstanding on March 22, 2019

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Address

 

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned

 

 

Percent of

Common Stock

 

Brendan Flood (1)

 

3 London Wall Buildings,

London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY

 

 

324,712

 

 

 

3.9

%

David Faiman

 

641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701

New York, NY 10022

 

 

72,000

 

 

 

0.9

%

Alicia Barker

 

641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701

New York, NY 10022

 

 

45,600

 

 

 

0.6

%

Dimitri Villard (2)

 

8721 Santa Monica Blvd, Suite 100

Los Angeles, CA 90069

 

 

32,150

 

 

 

0.4

%

Jeff Grout

 

3 London Wall Buildings,

London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY

 

 

32,734

 

 

 

0.4

%

Nicholas Florio

 

Citrin Cooperman & Company LLP

529 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

 

33,299

 

 

 

0.4

%

Directors and officers as a group

 

 

 

 

540,495

 

 

 

6.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than 5% Holders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jackson Investment Group, LLC (3)

 

2655 Northwinds Parkway

Alpharetta, GA 30009

 

 

9,791,430

 

 

 

59.1

%

 

 

(1)

Includes 27,024 shares of common stock issuable and 19,200 options that are currently exercisable or may be exercised within by Mr. Flood within 60 days of March 22, 2019. Mr. Flood owns 1,039,380 of the Series A Preferred Shares, which may convert into 1.3 shares of common stock per 50 shares of Series A Preferred Shares, or 27,024 shares of common stock.

 

(2)

1,000 shares are held personally by Mr. Villard and 31,150 shares are held through Byzantine Productions, Inc.

 

(3)

Includes 905,508 warrants with a strike price of $1.66, 13,000 Series E preferred shares convertible into 7,303,391 common shares and 189 Series E-1 preferred shares convertible into 113,855 common shares issuable to Jackson Investment Group, LLC within 60 days of March 22, 2019.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information as of December 29, 2018 about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights under the Company’s equity compensation plans:

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Securities to be issued

upon exercising outstanding

options, warrants, and rights

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

65,700

 

 

$

6.75

 

 

 

36,060

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)

 

 

62,760

 

 

$

65.80

 

 

 

3,639

 

 

 

(1)

At December 29, 2018, the Company had two equity compensation plans not approved by security holders, which are more fully described below.

47


 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The plan expires on January 28, 2024. At December 29, 2018, the Company had issued 50,000 options and shares of common stock and therefore there are no remaining shares eligible to be issued under the 2014 Plan.

The authority to administer the 2014 Plan currently resides with the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. They have the power to determine which persons eligible under the plan will be granted option awards.

Transferability

Option awards are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the individual option agreement.

Change of Control Event

In the event of a change in control, then, without the consent or action required of any holder of an option award (in such holder’s capacity as such):

(i) Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion, will assume or continue any option awards outstanding under the plan in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or in part; or

(ii) In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any option awards or substitute to similar stock awards, for those outstanding under the plan, then: (a) all unvested option awards will expire (b) vested options will terminate if not exercised at or prior to such change in control; or

(iii) Upon change in control, the Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, in the sole discretion of the Board and on a case-by-case basis of one or more option awards as the board of directors may determine to be appropriate prior to such events.

Notwithstanding the above, in case of change in control, in the event all or substantially all of the shares of common stock of the company are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then each holder of an option award shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, any shares such holder holds or purchased under the plan, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final.

Termination of Employment/Relationship

In the event of termination of the option holders employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Company or any of its affiliates by consultants of the Company or any of its affiliates for cause (as defined in the plan), all outstanding option awards granted to such option holder (whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the holder of option awards will not have any right in connection to such outstanding option awards, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The shares of common stock covered by such option awards will revert to the plan.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Under the 2015 Plan, the Company may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The number of shares available for grant pursuant to awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an award is forfeited, canceled, or if any option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or that are withheld to satisfy the participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

48


 

The 2015 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date. At December 29, 2018, the Company had issued 71,914 in options and share of common stock and had 18,086 unissued securities remaining under this plan.

Awards Available for Grant

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) or any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may not grant to any one person in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 30,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $600 in the aggregate.

Transferability

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative and may not be otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee, however, may permit awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

Change in Control

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the Plan will become fully vested and performance compensation awards will vest, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals. In general, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may, in its discretion, cancel outstanding awards and pay the value of such awards to the participants in connection with a change in control. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee can also provide otherwise in an award under the 2015 Plan.

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance under stock and stock option awards. On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. For year ended December 29, 2018, the Company has issued 641,288 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 608,712 shares remaining under this plan.

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have the authority, without limitation to (i) designate participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of common shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, settle any controversy regarding, correct any defect in and/or complete any omission in the 2016 Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, the 2016 Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the 2016 Plan; (ix) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, awards; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2016 Plan  The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2016 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

49


 

Eligibility

Employees, directors, officers, advisors and consultants of the Company or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2016 Plan, however, it may delegate such authority to one or more officers of the Company under the circumstances set forth in the 2016 Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized

The 2016 Plan provides for an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The 2016 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan after that date.

Awards Available for Grant

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) (each defined under the 2016 Plan) or any combination of the foregoing subject to the number of available shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2016 Plan, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may not grant to any one participant under the plan in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 80,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $750,000 in the aggregate.

Options

Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise in the case of an option substituted for another option in connection with a corporate transaction, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (as determined under the 2016 Plan) of the shares of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2016 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% stockholder).

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) under the 2016 Plan. SARs will be subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. A SAR granted under the 2016 Plan may be granted in tandem with an option and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option which corresponds to such SARs. SARs shall be subject to terms established by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award restricted stock under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in an award agreement, restrictions on restricted stock will lapse after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock awards. Shares of restricted stock are shares of common stock that generally are non-transferable and subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee for a specified period. Unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the restricted period, then any unvested restricted stock will be forfeited.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award restricted stock unit awards under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in an award agreement, restricted stock units vest after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines the terms of such restricted stock units. Unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited. At the election of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash

50


 

equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

Stock Bonus Awards

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of common stock or other awards denominated in shares of common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may determine.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to grant any award under the 2016 Plan in the form of a performance compensation awards. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will select the performance criteria based on one or more of the following factors: (i) revenue; (ii) sales; (iii) profit (net profit, gross profit, operating profit, economic profit, profit margins or other corporate profit measures); (iv) earnings (EBIT, EBITDA, earnings per share, or other corporate earnings measures); (v) net income (before or after taxes, operating income or other income measures); (vi) cash (cash flow, cash generation or other cash measures); (vii) stock price or performance; (viii) total stockholder return (stock price appreciation plus reinvested dividends divided by beginning share price); (ix) economic value added; (x) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, investments or sales, and cash flow return on assets, capital, equity, or sales); (xi) market share; (xii) improvements in capital structure; (xiii) expenses (expense management, expense ratio, expense efficiency ratios or other expense measures); (xiv) business expansion or consolidation (acquisitions and divestitures); (xv) internal rate of return or increase in net present value; (xvi) working capital targets relating to inventory and/or accounts receivable; (xvii) inventory management; (xviii) service or product delivery or quality; (xix) customer satisfaction; (xx) employee retention; (xxi) safety standards; (xxii) productivity measures; (xxiii) cost reduction measures; and/or (xxiv) strategic plan development and implementation.

Transferability

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative.  No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee, however, may permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

Amendment

The 2016 Plan has a term of ten years from the effective date of the 2016 Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval to amend the 2016 Plan may be necessary if applicable law or listing rule so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

Change in Control

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the 2016 Plan will become fully vested or the period of restriction will expire and performance compensation awards vest, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals or assuming that that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been obtained or on such other basis as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

    

2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In May 2016, the Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

51


 

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 260,000 shares;

 

The award of performance units is permitted;

 

The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018.

 

2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”).

The Board initially granted 405,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

Units vest upon the following:

 

50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and,

 

50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

Average 2019 Price

Vesting Rate

<$8 per share

0

>$8 per share

Pro-rated

>=$12 per share

Full Vesting

A fair valuation of the 2019 LTIP has not been completed; however, it is not expected to be material.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The Briand Separation Agreement

In connection with his resignation as officer and director of the Company, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Briand Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Briand dated December 21, 2017, with an effective date (“Separation Date”) of January 31, 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Briand may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, through the Separation Date. Pursuant to the Briand Separation Agreement, the Company agreed to provide, among other things: (a) pay through January 31, 2018 in the same amount and manner in which Mr. Briand was paid immediately prior to this Agreement; (b) severance pay in the amount of $362,000 (as of January 31, 2018) for twelve (12) months, payable over three (3) months in equal installments in accordance with the normal payroll policies of the Company, with the first installment being paid on the Company’s first regular pay date on or after January 31, 2018, which initial payment shall include all installment amounts that would have been paid during the first thirty (30) days following the Separation Agreement had installments commenced immediately following the Separation Date; (c) performance bonuses for 2017 and 2018, in the amounts, if any, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based upon the criteria set forth for its executives, payable in cash at the time any such performance bonuses are ordinarily paid to the Company’s executives; (d) for a period of twelve (12) months following the Separation Date, all health insurance plan benefits to which Mr. Briand and his family was entitled prior to the Separation Date under any such benefit plans or arrangements maintained by the Company in which Mr. Briand and his family participated, shall be provided to the same extent of coverage, pursuant to COBRA, to be paid directly by the Company; (e) any unvested stock options and restricted securities granted to Mr. Briand shall be fully and immediately exercisable or non-forfeitable, as applicable; (f) reimbursement for life insurance benefits, payable in the calendar year 2018 in the same amount as Mr. Briand received as an active employee of the Company; (g) reimbursement of disability insurance premiums, payable in the calendar year 2018 in the same amount as Mr. Briand received as an active employee of the Company; and (h) an automobile allowance, payable in the calendar year 2018 in the same amount as Mr. Briand received as an active employee of the Company.

The Jackson transactions

Term Loan Note #1.  On January 26, 2017, the Company entered into a note and warrant purchase agreement with Jackson Investment Group (“Jackson”) for $7,400,000. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company issued to Jackson 330,000 shares of common stock and a warrant to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (the “Warrant”). The note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable until maturity. At any time during the term of the note, upon notice to Jackson, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to Jackson an amount not less than $100,000 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100,000), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued

52


 

interest on the note may be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of Jackson at maturity or upon prepayment by the Company, at a conversion price equal to $10.00 per share. On March 14, 2017, the Company and Jackson amended the warrant to include a blocker preventing Jackson from owning more than 19.99% of the Company’s shares outstanding as of January 26, 2017, until such ownership is approved by the shareholders consistent with Nasdaq Rule 5635(b). On June 15, 2017, our stockholders approved the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock under the warrant to Jackson that may result in Jackson owning in excess of 19.99% of the Company’s outstanding shares. The warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price is subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Company has accounted for these warrants as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to the anti-dilution protection provisions.

Term Loan Note #2.  On April 5, 2017, the Company amended the note and warrant purchase agreement and entered into a second subordinated secured note for $1,650,000. Under the terms of this amended agreement, the Company issued to Jackson 59,397 shares of common stock, with an additional 74,184 shares of common stock that was issued after obtaining shareholder approval for issuance of shares to Jackson in excess of the 19.99% limit in June 2017. Also on April 5, 2017, the Company amended the Warrant to allow Jackson to purchase up to an additional 825,463 shares of common stock, modified the initial exercise price of the Warrant to $5.00 per share and modified the conversion price of accrued interest on the note issued to Jackson in January 2017 to $7.50. The Warrant was also amended to increase the amount of common stock issuable to Jackson pursuant to the anti-dilution clause contained therein. The second note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of June 8, 2019; however, in the event the Company satisfies all of its outstanding obligations with Midcap Financial Trust, the maturity date will be adjusted to July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable on the second note until maturity. At any time during the term of the second note, upon notice to Jackson, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to Jackson an amount not less than $100,000 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100,000), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The second note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the second note can be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of Jackson at maturity or in the event of a prepayment by the Company, at a conversion price equal to $7.50 per share. The proceeds of this transaction were used to redeem the remaining shares and conversion rights of the Series D Preferred Stock.

Term Loan Note #3.  In August 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note for $1,600,000, with a term of 60 days at interest of 10% per annum and issued 32,000 shares of common stock. The proceeds of the note were used to fund the satisfaction of a judgment entered in the matter of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

Term Loan Note #4. On September 1, 2017, the Company entered into a promissory note for $515,000, with a term of 31 days at an interest of 12% per annum. The proceeds of the note were used to fund other debt obligations.

 

Jackson Note

On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $40,000 note agreement with Jackson. The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson pursuant to the existing note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165 and to fund a portion of the purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition and repay certain other outstanding indebtedness of the Company. The maturity date for the amounts due under the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020.  The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.

 

The Company paid a closing fee of $1,000 in connection with its entry into the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and agreed to issue 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee. These shares are subject to registration rights in favor of Jackson which was included in a new resale registration statement which was filed by the Company on November 1, 2017. The Jackson Note resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $11,165 and recording of the new debt of $40,000 at fair value. The Company recorded $4,764 loss upon extinguishment of debt, and deferred debt issuance costs of $1,385 to be amortized over the term of the new loan.

 

Immediately prior to closing the Jackson Note, Jackson owned 526,697 shares of common stock and 905,508 warrants.

On August 27, 2018, Company entered into an amended agreement with Jackson, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company in exchange for a senior secured note in the principal amount of approximately $8,428. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the Jackson Note.

 

53


 

From the proceed of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.

In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) with Jackson.  The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrant to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the loan.

 

 

Debt Exchange Agreement

 

On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”). The Company evaluated the accounting for the conversion of debt to preferred stock and concluded this conversion is a troubled debt restructure. Accordingly, the issuance of an the Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in full settlement of the $13,000 in debt is accounted for similar to the transfer of assets, with the equity interest being measured at its fair value, less legal fees and other direct costs. ASC 470-60 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the payable over the fair value of the assets or equity interest transferred be recognized as a gain. However, given that Jackson is a related party, ASC 470-50-40-2 states that this type of restructuring is in essence a capital transaction. As a result, no gain was recorded. Instead, the difference between the fair value of the Preferred Stock, and Term Loan being extinguished, was recorded in paid in capital. The Company recorded a total of $12,214 related to this conversion, net of less legal fees and other direct costs including write off of $445 in deferred financing costs related to the $13,000 debt.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.  Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561 shares of common stock of the Company at any time after October 31, 2020 or the

occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock).  A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock.  Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock.  The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E  Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by the Company within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by the Company if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by the Company on or prior to October 31, 2020.  

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

54


 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Through December 29, 2017, the Company’s principal independent registered accountant was RBSM LLP. On December 13, 2017, the Company changed its principal independent registered accountant to BDO USA, LLP on December 13, 2017. The aggregate fees billed for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, for professional services rendered by the principal accountant are as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Fiscal 2017

 

 

 

BDO USA, LLP

 

 

BDO USA, LLP

 

 

RBSM LLP

 

Audit Fees

 

$

386,625

 

 

$

357,540

 

 

$

250,000

 

Audit Related Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,000

 

Tax Fees

 

 

32,707

 

 

 

116,000

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

419,332

 

 

$

473,540

 

 

$

306,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit Fees were for professional services necessary to perform an annual audit of the financial statements, review of quarterly reports and other services required to be performed by our independent auditors.

Audit-Related Fees, if incurred, were for services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements including the support of business acquisition and divestiture activities, independent assessment of controls related to outsourcing services, audit and review of certain benefit-related programs.

Tax Fees were for tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice. Corporate tax services encompass a variety of permissible services, including technical tax advice related to United States and international tax matters; assistance with foreign income and withholding tax matters, assistance with sales tax, value added tax and equivalent tax related matters in local jurisdictions; preparation of reports to comply with local tax authority transfer pricing documentation requirements; and assistance with tax audits.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedure for Audit Services

The audit committee has developed policies and procedures regarding the approval of all services that are to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm, as permitted under applicable laws, and the corresponding fees for such services. Consistent with these policies and procedures, all audit services and non-audit services and all fees associated with such services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2018 were pre-approved by audit committee.

 

 

55


 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which are set forth in the index to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-1 through F-55 of this report.

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders (Deficit) Equity

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-8 to F-41

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule: None.

 

 

56


 

(3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Nevada corporation (1)

2.2

 

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC, FirstPro Inc., Firstpro Georgia LLC, April F. Nagel and Philip Nagel (2)

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (3)

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws (4)

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (5)

3.4

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock (6)

3.5

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Preferred Stock (7)

3.6

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Preferred Stock (8)

3.7

 

Amendment to Certificate of Designation After Issuance of Class or Series increasing the number of authorized Series C Preferred Stock (9)

3.8

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series D Preferred Stock (10)

3.9

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (11)

3.10

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series E-2 Preferred Stock (12)

3.11

 

Certificate of Correction for the Series D Preferred Stock, dated January 25, 2017 (13)

3.12

 

Certificate of Withdrawal of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (14)  

3.13

 

Certificate of Withdrawal of Series E-2 Preferred Stock (15)

3.14

 

Certificate of Withdrawal of Series D Preferred Stock (16)

3.15

 

Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (115)

3.16

 

Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation of Series Convertible Preferred Stock

4.1

 

Form of Promissory Note (17)

4.2

 

Form of Warrant (18)

4.3

 

Form of Subscription Agreement (19)

4.4

 

Form of Warrant (20)

4.5

 

Form of Series A Bond (21)

4.6

 

Form of Warrant (22)

4.7

 

Revolving Loan Note issued pursuant to PRS Credit Agreement (23)

4.8

 

Registration Rights Agreement (24)

4.9

 

Debenture issued pursuant to Securities Purchase Agreement (25)

4.10

 

A Warrant issued pursuant to Securities Purchase Agreement (26)

4.11

 

B Warrant issued pursuant to Securities Purchase Agreement (27)

4.12

 

Three Year Note issued pursuant to Equity Purchase Agreement (28)

4.13

 

Two Year Note issued pursuant to Equity Purchase Agreement (29)

4.14

 

Form of Six Month Promissory Note (30)

4.15

 

Offer to Exchange Common Stock for Certain Outstanding Warrants (31)

4.16

 

Subordinated Secured Note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (32)

4.17

 

Warrant issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (33)

4.18

 

April Note, dated April 5, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (34)

4.19

 

10% Subordinated Secured Note, dated August 2, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (35)

10.1

 

Assignment of Employment Agreement by and between TRIG Capital Partners, LLC and the Company, dated February 21, 2012 (36)

57


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.2

 

Form of Note Purchase Agreement (37)

10.3

 

Acquisition Agreement by and among IDC Technologies, Inc., Prateek Gattani and the Company, dated February 11, 2013 (38)

10.4

 

Employment Agreement with Alfonso J. Cervantes dated February 15, 2013 (39)

10.5

 

Letter Agreement by and among the Company and Chord Advisors, LLC dated February 15, 2013 (40)

10.6

 

Advisory Agreement by and among the Company and Grandview Capital Partners, Inc. dated February 16, 2013 (41)

10.7

 

Corporate Services Agreement by and between Pylon Management, Inc. and the Company dated February 14, 2013 (42)

10.8

 

Advisory Agreement by and between the Company and Joshua Capital, LLC dated February 15, 2013 (43)

10.9

 

Form of Subscription Agreement (44)

10.10

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, The Revolution Group, Ltd. and the shareholders of The Revolution Group, Ltd. dated March 21, 2013 (45)

10.11

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Mark Aiello dated March 21, 2013 (46)

10.12

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, NewCSI, Inc. and the shareholders of NewCSI, Inc. dated August 14, 2013 (47)

10.13

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the shareholders of Initio International Holdings Limited (48)

10.14

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 10, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the shareholders of Initio International Holdings Limited (49)

10.15

 

Form of Promissory Note (50)

10.16

 

Form of Deed of Warranties (51)

10.17

 

Disclosure Letter (52)

10.18

 

Form of Deed of Restrictive Covenant by and between Brendan Flood and the Company (53)

10.19

 

Form of Deed of Restrictive Covenant by and between Matthew Briand and the Company (54)

10.20

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Alfonso J. Cervantes (55)

10.21

 

Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Allan Hartley (56)

10.22

 

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2014, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC and Matthew Briand (57)

10.23

 

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2014, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (f/k/a Initio International Holdings Limited) and Brendan Flood (58)

10.24

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions (UK) Limited, Poolia UK Ltd. and Poolia UK (59)

10.25

 

Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Linda Moraski, PeopleSERVE, Inc., PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. and the Company, dated May 17, 2014 (60)

10.26

 

Form of Promissory Note (61)

10.27

 

Form of Employment Agreement with PS (62)

10.28

 

Form of Employment Agreement with PRS (63)

10.29

 

Form of Noncompetition Agreement (64)

10.30

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, PeopleSERVE, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated July 25, 2014. (65)

10.31

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 29, 2014, by and between the Jeff R. Mitchell and the Company (66)

10.32

 

2014 Equity Compensation Plan (67)

10.33

 

Form of Series A Bond Purchase Agreement (68)

10.34

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2015, between the Company, Cyber 360, Inc. and Mark P. Aiello, Michael A. Consolazio and Heather D. Haughey (69)

10.35

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc. and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (70)

10.36

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc., as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (71)

10.37

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and among the Company, Hillair Capital Investments L.P, and each purchaser identified on the signature pages thereto (72)

10.38

 

Security Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and among the Company, certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company, and each purchaser identified on the signature pages thereto (73)

10.39

 

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and among the Company, Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC, and Alison Fogel and David Fogel (74)

10.40

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and between Alison Fogel and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (75)

58


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.41

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and between David Fogel and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (76)

10.42

 

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by Alison and David Fogel for the benefit of the Company and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (77)

10.43

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc., Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Faro Recruitment America, Inc. and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (78)

10.44

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (79)

10.45

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (80)

10.46

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to 12% Series B Convertible Bond (81)

10.47

 

Form of Amendment No. 1A to 12% Series B Convertible Bond (82)

10.48

 

Form of Amendment No. 1B to 12% Series B Convertible Bond (83)

10.49

 

Purchase Agreement, dated November 4, 2015, by and among Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the Sellers named therein (84)

10.50

 

Form of Purchase Agreement by and among Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Minority Shareholder (85)

10.51

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated April 3, 2016 (86)

10.52

 

Placement Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2016, between the Company and Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC (87)

10.53

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 24, 2016, by and between the Company and the Purchasers of the Series D Preferred Stock (88)

10.54

 

Placement Agency Agreement dated June 23, 2016, between the Company and Source Capital Group, Inc. (89)

10.55

 

Letter Agreement, dated October 3, 2016, between the Company and Hillair Capital Investments L.P. (90)

10.56

 

Amended Letter Agreement, dated October 14, 2016, between the Company and Hillair Capital Investments L.P., and described in the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed on October 20, 2016 (91)

10.57

 

Amendment Agreement, dated January 3, 2017, between the Company and Hillair Capital Investments L.P. (92)

10.58

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (93)

10.59

 

2016 Long Term Incentive Plan (94)

10.60

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the Subsidiary Guarantors (95)

10.61

 

Warrant Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (96)

10.62

 

Security Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (97)

10.63

 

Pledge Agreement, dated January 25, 2017 by and the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (98)

10.64

 

Subordination Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (99)

10.65

 

Amended Warrant Agreement, dated March 14, 2017, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (100)

10.66

 

Amended Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (101)

10.67

 

Second Amendment, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (102)

10.68

 

Amended Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (103)

10.69

 

Amended SPA, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and the holder of the Series D Shares (104)

10.70

 

Employment Agreement with David Faiman dated February 5, 2016 (105)

10.72

 

Second Amended Purchase Agreement, dated August 2, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group, LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (106)

10.73

 

Second Amended Subordination Agreement, dated August 2, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group, LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (107)

10.74

 

Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (108)

10.75

 

Intercreditor Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., MidCap Funding X Trust and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (109)

10.76

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited and the holders of outstanding shares of CBS Butler Holdings Limited (110)

59


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.77

 

Amendment No.8 to the Credit and Security Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and MidCap Funding X Trust (111)

10.78

 

Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between CBS Butler Limited and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (112)

10.79

 

Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between The JM Group (IT Recruitment) Limited and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (113)

10.80

 

Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between Longbridge Recruitment 360 Ltd and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (114)

10.81

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated June 28, 2018, by and among Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., and Richard Ward

10.82

 

Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated June 28, 2018, between HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited, and Clement May Limited (118)

10.83

 

Term Loan letter agreement, dated June 26, 2018, between HSBC Bank plc, and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (119)

10.84

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Pamela D. Whitaker (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on November 2, 2018). (3)

10.85

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (120)

10.86

 

Amendment No.10 and Joinder Agreement to Credit and Security Agreement and Limited Consent, dated August 27, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and MidCap Funding X Trust (121)

10.87

 

First Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (122)

10.88

 

12% Senior Secured Note, due September 15, 2020, issued on August 27, 2018, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (123)

10.89

 

First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among Jackson Investment Group, LLC, the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and MidCap Funding X Trust. (124)

10.90

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Note, by and among certain subsidiaries of the Company and MidCap Funding X Trust (125)

10.91

 

Debt Exchange Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, by and between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (128)

10.92

 

Second Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (129)

10.93

 

Amended and Restated 12% Senior Secured Note, due September 15, 2020, issued on November 15, 2018, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (130)

10.94

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (131)

10.95

 

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated January 22, 2019, by and between the Company and the Purchaser signatory thereto (132)

10.96

 

Placement Agency Agreement dated January 22, 2019, between the Company and ThinkEquity (133)

10.97

 

Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker dated June 19, 2018 (136)

10.98

 

Severance Agreement with Christopher Lutzo (137)

10.99

 

Waiver Agreement - Series A Preferred Stock (138)

10.100

 

First Amendment to 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (139)

10.101*

 

Amendment No. 11 to the Credit Agreement dated February 7, 2019 by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company

10.102*

 

Third Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement dated February 7, 2019, by and among Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

23.1*

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1#

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Schema

60


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase

 

*

 

Filed herewith

 

 

 

#

 

Furnished herewith. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

(1)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017.

(2)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.

(3)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017.

(4)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017.

(5)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 3, 2018.

(6)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2015.

(7)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2015.

(8)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.

(9)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2016.

(10)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2016.

(11)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017.

(12)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017.

(13)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017.

(14)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.13 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on May 16, 2017.

(15)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.14 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on May 16, 2017.

(16)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2017.

(17)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013.

(18)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2013.

(19)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(20)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(21)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2014.

(22)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(23)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(24)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(25)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(26)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(27)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(28)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(29)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(30)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2015.

(31)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit (A)(1)(A) to the Company’s Form SC TO-1, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2016.

(32)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(33)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(34)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(35)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017.

(36)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 13, 2012.

(37)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013.

(38)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2013.

(39)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(40)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(41)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(42)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(43)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(44)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2013.

(45)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 2, 2013.

(46)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 2, 2013.

(47)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013.

(48)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

61


 

(49)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(50)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(51)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(52)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(53)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(54)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(55)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(56)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(57)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(58)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(59)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(60)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(61)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(62)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(63)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(64)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(65)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(66)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(67)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(68)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2014.

(69)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 5, 2015.

(70)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(71)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(72)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(73)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(74)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(75)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(76)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(77)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(78)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015.

(79)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015.

(80)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2015.

(81)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

(82)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

(83)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

(84)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2015.

(85)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2015.

(86)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.

(87)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.

(88)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2016.

(89)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2016.

(90)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2016.

(91)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017, and described in the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed on October 20, 2016.

(92)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 5, 2017.

(93)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix D to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016).

(94)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix E to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016).

(95)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(96)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(97)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(98)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(99)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(100)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2017.

(101)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(102)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

62


 

(103)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(104)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(105)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.70 to the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-KT, filed with the SEC on April 12, 2017.

(106)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017.

(107)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017.

(108)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.

(109)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.

(110)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.

(111)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.

(112)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018.

(113)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018.

(114)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018.

(115)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018

(116)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018

(117)

 

Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018

(118) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018

(119) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018

(120)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018

(121)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018

(122)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018

(123)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018

(124)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018

(125)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018

(126)     Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018

(127)    Previously filed as Exhibit 10.92 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16,     2018.

(128) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.93 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018.

(129) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.94 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018.

(130) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2019.

(131) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2019.

(132) Previously filed as Exhibit 24.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018.

(133) Previously filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(134) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.97 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(135) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.98 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(136) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(137) Previously filed as Exhibit 10.100 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(138) Previously filed as Exhibit 23.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(139) Previously filed as Exhibit 23.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

(140) Previously included in Exhibit 5.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

63


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date: March 22, 2019

 

By:

 

/s/ Brendan Flood

 

 

 

 

Brendan Flood

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Date: March 22, 2019

 

By:

 

/s/ David Faiman

 

 

 

 

David Faiman

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brendan Flood

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 22, 2019

Brendan Flood

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dimitri Villard

 

Director

 

March 22, 2019

Dimitri Villard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas Florio

 

Director

 

March 22, 2019

Nicholas Florio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Grout

 

Director

 

March 22, 2019

Jeff Grout

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64